Tax Notes logo

CASSETTE AND MINI-DISK REPORTING FOR FORMS 1098, 1099, 5498, AND W-2G IS EXPLAINED

OCT. 31, 1985

Rev. Proc. 85-48; 1985-2 C.B. 607

DATED OCT. 31, 1985
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Institutional Authors
    Internal Revenue Service
  • Jurisdictions
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    85 TNT 215-67
Citations: Rev. Proc. 85-48; 1985-2 C.B. 607

Superseded by Rev. Proc. 86-37

Rev. Proc. 85-48

                              CONTENTS

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

 

 

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

 

SECTION 2. BACKGROUND--PRIOR YEAR CHANGES (TAX YEAR 1984)

 

SECTION 3. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1985)

 

SECTION 4. WAGE AND PENSION INFORMATION--FILED WITH SSA

 

SECTION 5. APPLICATION FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING AND REQUESTS FOR

 

           UNDUE HARDSHIP WAIVERS

 

SECTION 6. FILING OF MAGNETIC WAIVERS

 

SECTION 7. FILING DATES

 

SECTION 8. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

 

SECTION 9. PROCESSING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA RETURNS

 

SECTION 10. HOW TO FILE CORRECTING RETURNS

 

SECTION 11. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

 

SECTION 12. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

 

SECTION 13. MAGNETIC MEDIA COORDINATOR CONTACTS

 

SECTION 14. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING

 

SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

 

SECTION 16. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE STATE ABBREVIATIONS

 

 

PART B. CASSETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

SECTION 2. RECORD LENGTH

 

SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

SECTION 4. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

SECTION 5. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

SECTION 6. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

PART C. BURROUGHS SUPER MINI-DISK SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

SECTION 2. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

SECTION 4. PAYEE "B" RECORDS -- GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

 

SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORMS 1098,

 

           1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,

 

           1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498

 

SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORMS 1098,

 

           1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,

 

           1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498

 

SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099-A

 

SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM 1099-A

 

SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099-B

 

SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM 1099-B

 

SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W-2G

 

SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM W-2G

 

SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

SECTION 16. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

SECTION 17. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

SECTION 18. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART D. BURROUGHS SUPER MINI-DISK II SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

SECTION 2. THROUGH 18 -- See PART C, SECTION 2 THROUGH SECTION 18

 

 

NOTE: THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE MAY ONLY BE USED TO PREPARE CASSETTE OR MINI-DISK SUBMISSIONS FOR TAX YEAR 1985. UPDATED COPIES ARE PUBLISHED EACH YEAR. PLEASE READ THIS PUBLICATION CAREFULLY; YOU MAY BE SUBJECT TO PENALTIES IF YOU FAIL TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE. THESE INCLUDE PENALTIES OF $50 PER DOCUMENT FOR EACH DOCUMENT SUBMITTED WITHOUT A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN) OR WITH AN INCORRECT TIN, AND FOR EACH DOCUMENT NOT SUBMITTED ON MAGNETIC MEDIA IF YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FILE THIS WAY. THE MAXIMUM PENALTY IS $50,000 (PAYERS OF INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THIS MAXIMUM.)

PART A. -- GENERAL

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the requirements and conditions for filing information return Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G on cassette or mini-disk. THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE IS TO BE USED FOR THE PREPARATION OF TAX YEAR 1985 INFORMATION RETURNS ONLY. THIS PROCEDURE IS UPDATED YEARLY TO REFLECT NECESSARY CHANGES. PLEASE READ THIS PUBLICATION CAREFULLY. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this procedure:

(a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

(b) Form 1099-A, Information Return for Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property. (For Mini-Disk only.)

(c) Form 1099-B, Statement for Recipients of Proceeds from Broker and Barter Exchange Transactions. (For Mini-Disk only.)

(d) Form 1099-DIV, Statement for Recipients of Dividends and Distributions.

(e) Form 1099-G, Statement for Recipients of Certain Government Payments.

(f) Form 1099-INT, Statement for Recipients of Interest Income.

(g) Form 1099-MISC, Statement for Recipients of Miscellaneous Income.

(h) Form 1099-OID, Statement for Recipients of Original Issue Discount.

(i) Form 1099-PATR, Statement for Recipients (Patrons) of Taxable Distributions Received From Cooperatives.

(j) Form 1099-R, Statement for Recipients of Total Distributions from Profit-Sharing, Retirement Plans, Individual Retirement Arrangements, Etc.

(k) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement Information.

(l) Form W-2G, Statement for Recipients of Certain Gambling Winnings. (For Mini-Disk only.)

02 This procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for or mini-disk filing under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Refer to Part A, Sec. 14. Cassette filers may not participate in this program due to the requirement that records on this program must be 360 characters in length. Cassette records cannot exceed 256 characters.

03 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain information returns, payer identification, transfer agents and paper substitute specifications, respectively.

(a) 1985 "Instructions for Form 1099 Series, 1098, 5498, and 1096," provide further information on filing returns with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). These instructions are available at local IRS offices.

(b) Rev. Proc. 84-24, 1984-1 C.B. 465, regarding preparation of transmittal documents for information returns.

(c) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.

(d) Publication 1179, Requirements for Reproducing Paper Substitutes of Forms 1096, 1099 series, 5498, W-2G and W-3G. A supplement will be issued to include instructions for substitutes of Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

04 This procedure supersedes the following revenue procedure: Rev. Proc. 84-65, 1984-39, also published in Publication 1253 Rev. (9-84), Requirements and Conditions for Filing Information Returns in the Forms 1099, 5498, and W-2G Series on Cassette or Mini-Disk.

05 Refer to Part A, Sec. 15 for definitions of terms used in this publication.

SECTION 2. BACKGROUND -- PRIOR YEAR CHANGES (TAX YEAR 1984)

01 This section contains a REVIEW of the changes described in the revenue procedure last year. PLEASE insure that the necessary reprogramming was accomplished in order to comply with last year's changes as these changes will still be necessary in the program for the current year.

02 The following were general changes.

(a) Procedures for applying waivers for undue hardship were added.

(b) An explanation of penalties was added.

(c) Reports from different branches for one payer were consolidated under one Payer/Transmitter "A" Record for each type of information return. For example, all like Form 1099-INT documents must be sorted together under one Payer/Transmitter "A" Record, followed by the appropriate Payee "B" Records and one End of Payer "C" Record.

(d) The explanation of Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) was rewritten to clarify changes concerning backup withholding and due diligence requirements.

(e) Changes were made to the requirements concerning the paper copy of the information return furnished to the payee.

(f) A definition for "Transfer Agent" was added.

(g) A list of valid U.S. Postal Service State Abbreviations was added to aid in developing the State Code portion of Name Line Fields.

03 The following changes were made to the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

(a) Header label UHLI was added as one of the standard labels IRS programs can process.

(b) Amount Indicator "2" was added for Form 5498.

(c) "Type of Return" and "Amount Indicators" were added for Form W-2G for Mini-Disk filers.

(d) The codes for "Type of Payer" and "Payee 'B' Record Surname Indicator" fields should have been deleted from your programs. However, the positions in the record SHOULD NOT have been deleted. Fill these positions with blanks.

(e) The "Second Payer Name" field was shortened from 40 characters to 39 characters. The contents of the "Second Payer Name" field, as well as the contents of the "Payer Shipping Address" and the "Payer City, State and ZIP Code" fields, are dependent upon the value in the "Transfer Agent Indicator".

(f) A "Transfer Agent Indicator" was added following the "Second Payer Name" field. The contents of this field let IRS programs know if the information in "Second Payer Name", "Payer Shipping Address" and "Payer City, State and ZIP Code" pertains to the Payer or to the Transfer Agent.

(g) The name of "Payer Mailing Address" was changed to "Payer Shipping Address." Beginning with Tax Year 1984 returns, IRS notified payers of any information returns not containing valid TINs. This notification includes a payee notice for each such information return. Therefore, we must have an address capable of accepting volume mail.

04 The following changes were made to the Payee "B" Record.

(a) The meaning of the "Document Specific Code" for Form 1099-G was expanded.

(b) The use of the "Document Specific Code" was increased to include Type of Wager for Form W-2G for Mini-Disk filers.

(c) PLEASE NOTE: If any one Payment Amount Field exceeds "9999999999" (dollars and cents), as many SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as necessary to contain the total MUST be submitted for the Payee. Example: the total money amount to be reported for Payee ABC is $250,371,491.87. Three Payee "B" Records will have to be submitted for Payee ABC to contain the entire total amount. (DO NOT enter dollar signs, commas, or decimal points, in the Payment Amount fields.)

SEC. 3. NATURE OF CHANGES -- CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1985)

01 DUE TO NUMEROUS LEGISLATIVE AND FORMS CHANGES BETWEEN TAX YEARS 1984 AND 1985, CHANGES HAVE NOT BEEN LISTED INDIVIDUALLY UNDER THIS SECTION. THIS ENTIRE PUBLICATION HAS BEEN REVISED. REVIEW THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE IN ITS ENTIRETY.

SEC. 4. WAGE AND PENSION INFORMATION FILED WITH SSA

01 Section 8(b), Public Law 94-202, 1976-1 C.B. 503, enacted in January 1976, authorized the combined reporting of FICA, detailed information in one consolidated annual W-2 (Copy A) to the Federal government. AS A RESULT, Forms W-2 and W-2P ARE TO BE FILED WITH THE SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION (SSA), NOT WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

02 SSA will accept magnetic media filing of Forms W-2 and W-2P and has issued the following concerning this: TIB-4a, "MAGNETIC TAPE REPORTING, Submitting FICA Wage and Tax Data to the Social Security Administration", TIB-4b, "MAGNETIC TAPE REPORTING, Submitting Annuity, Pension, Retired Pay or IRA Payment to the Social Security Administration"; and TIB-4c, "DISKETTE REPORTING, Submitting FICA Wage and Tax Data to the Social Security Administration". Applications for filing Forms W-2 and W-2P on magnetic media appear in TIBs-4a, 4b, and 4c.

03 Copies of Social Security Administration publications TIB-4a, 4b, and 4c are available from any local Social Security Administration office, or the SSA Regional Magnetic Media Coordinators.

SECTION 5. APPLICATION FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING AND REQUESTS FOR UNDUE HARDSHIP WAIVERS

01 For purposes of this revenue procedure, the PAYER is the organization making the payments and the TRANSMITTER is the organization preparing the cassette or Mini-Disk file. The payer and transmitter may be the same organization. Do not submit returns on cassette if you transmit for someone else due to the 256 character record restriction. Payers or their transmitters are required to complete Form 4419, Application for Magnetic Media Reporting of Information Returns. A copy of this form, for your use, can be found at the end of this publication. Requests for additional information or forms related to magnetic media processing should be addressed to the Magnetic Media Coordinator at the appropriate service center or the National Computer Center.

On January 1, 1985, the National Computer Center assumed responsibility for the magnetic media processing previously handled by the Philadelphia, Kansas City, and Austin Service Centers. Beginning January 1, 1986, magnetic media processing for ALL service centers will be centralized at the National Computer Center. Addresses are listed in Part A, Sec. 13 of this revenue procedure.

02 Applications should be filed with the National Computer Center or with the appropriate service center 90 days before the due date of the return. IRS will act on an application and notify the applicant, in writing, of authorization to file. A five character TRANSMITTER CONTROL CODE will be assigned and included in an acknowledgement letter within 30 days of receipt of the application. Cassette or Mini-Disk returns may not be filed with IRS until the application has been approved. Do not enter blanks in the "A" Record Transmitter Control Code field; enter the five character Transmitter Control Code which is assigned to you by IRS after you have filed an application and it has been approved.

03 After you have received approval to file on magnetic media, you do not need to reapply each year UNLESS:

(a) there are hardware or software changes that would affect the characteristics of the magnetic media submission (e.g., changing from cassette or Mini-Disk to tape filing or vice versa) or,

(b) you discontinue filing on magnetic media for a year (your five character Transmitter Control Code may be reassigned).

If either of these conditions applies to you, you should contact your coordinator for clarification. In ALL correspondence, refer to your current five character Transmitter Control Code to assist the coordinator in locating your files.

04 IRS will assist new filers with their initial cassette or Mini-Disk submission by reviewing "test" files submitted in advance of the filing season. Approved payers or transmitters should submit "test" files with the Magnetic Media Coordinator at the appropriate service center or the National Computer Center. You MUST submit a "test" file in order to participate in the Combined Federal/State Program; however, you are encouraged to submit "test" files if you are a new filer on magnetic media. As a guideline, IRS prefers that all "test" files be submitted between September and December. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for addresses. Do not submit "test" cassettes or Mini-Disks after January 1. If you are unable to submit your "test" file by the end of December, you may ONLY send a sample hardcopy printout or cassette or Mini-Disk dump to the National Computer Center which shows a sample of each record (A, B, C, K, and F) USED. Clearly mark the hardcopy printout or dump as "TEST DATA", and include identifying information such as name, address and telephone number of someone familiar with the "test" print or dump who may be contacted to discuss its acceptability. After January 1, 1986, submit the "test" print or dump showing a sample of each record to the National Computer Center only.

05 If your magnetic media files have been prepared for you in the past by a service agency, and you now have computer equipment compatible with that of IRS and wish to prepare your own files, you must request your own five character Transmitter Control Code by filing an application, Form 4419, as described above.

06 If you as an individual or organization are an approved filer on magnetic media and you change your name or the name of your organization, please notify the National Computer Center or service center Magnetic Media Coordinator so that your file may be updated to reflect the proper name.

07 In accordance with section 1.6041-7(b) of the Income Tax Regulations, payments to providers of medical and health care services from separate departments of a health care carrier may be reported as separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, th headquarters office will be considered to be the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered to be payers. A SINGLE application form covering ALL the departments which will be filing on cassette or mini-disk should be submitted. One five character Transmitter Control Code may be used for all departments.

08 Section 1.6045-1(l) of the Income Tax Regulations requires brokers and barter exchanges to use magnetic media in reporting all Form 1099-B data to the IRS. Generally, NEW brokers and NEW barter exchanges may request an undue hardship exception by filing an application, by the end of the second month following the month in which they became a broker or barter exchange, with the National Computer Center or service center Magnetic Media Coordinator.

09 ALL requests for undue hardship exemptions should be submitted at least 90 days before the due date of the return, except as stated in Sec. 5.08 above.

10 The requirements to receive a waiver from filing REQUIRED information returns on magnetic media for tax year 1985 are more stringent than they were for tax year 1984. Filers must submit a WRITTEN statement requesting an undue hardship waiver from magnetic media filing for a specific period of time, not to exceed one tax year. If the filer requires a waiver for a longer period of time, the filer must reapply at the appropriate time each year (90 days before the due date of the return). Filers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time. The written statement MUST contain the following identifying information.

(a) The filer's name and address.

(b) The filer's Taxpayer Identification Number (SSN or EIN).

(c) The period for which the waiver is requested: Tax Year 1985.

(d) The name and telephone number of a person to contact who is familiar with the information contained in the waiver request.

(e) The type of returns and expected volume of each form.

(f) The reason for the request.

(g) An estimated cost for filing the returns on paper, on magnetic media if YOU prepare the files, and on magnetic media using the services of an agency who will charge you for this service. IF YOU EXPECT TO FILE OVER 500 RETURNS, YOU MUST SUBMIT A COPY OF A WRITTEN COST ESTIMATE FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA FILING FROM A SERVICE AGENCY; FOR 500 OR LESS, SUBMIT AN ESTIMATE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

11 If you request a waiver from filing on magnetic media and it IS approved, DO NOT SEND A COPY OF THE APPROVED WAIVER TO THE SERVICE CENTERS. Do NOT staple, paperclip or use rubberbands on any scannable forms. Paper returns are read by an optical scanner (OCR) at the service centers.

12 Waivers are granted on a case-by-case basis and may be approved at the discretion of the service center or National Computer Center Magnetic Media Coordinators. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for addresses. Waiver requests should be filed 90 days before the due date of the return.

13 If you are required to file on magnetic media but fail to do so, and you do not have an approved waiver on record, you may be subject to a failure to file penalty. Refer to Sec. 6.02 below, except as stated in Sec. 5.08 above.

14 AN APPROVED WAIVER FROM FILING INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA DOES NOT PROVIDE EXEMPTION FROM ALL FILING; YOU MUST SUBMIT YOUR INFORMATION RETURNS ON ACCEPTABLE PAPER FORMS.

15 A cassette or mini-disk reporting package, which includes all the necessary transmittals, labels, and instructions, will be mailed to all approved filers between October and December of each year.

SEC. 6. FILING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTS

01 Section 6011(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended by the Interest and Dividend Tax Compliance Act of 1983, Pub. L. 98-67, 1983-2 C.B. 352, requires that any person, including individuals, estates and trusts, required to file more than 50 information returns in the aggregate for payments of interest (Forms 1099-INT and 1099-OID), dividends (Form 1099-DIV) or patronage dividends (Form 1099-PATR) for any calendar year, must file such returns on magnetic media. For example, if a payer must file 30 Forms 1099-DIV and 25 Forms 1099-INT, filing on magnetic media is required. This requirement shall not apply if you establish that it will cause you undue hardship. Refer to Sec. 5 above.

02 The penalty for both the failure to timely file certain information returns and failure to file returns as prescribed by IRS is now $50 per payee up to a maximum of $50,000 a year. However, there is not maximum penalty for returns on 1099-INT, 1099-OID, 1099-DIV, 1099-PATR or 5498. If the failure to file is due to intentional disregard of the filing requirements, the penalty may be greater than $50 per payee and there is no maximum penalty.

03 Generally, payers are now subject to a $50 penalty for EACH failure to include the payee's correct TIN on an information return.

04 Rev. Proc. 84-24, 1984-1 C.B. 465, gives detailed information on preparing transmittal documents for information returns and is available at your local IRS office. Specific guidelines are given on how to report the payer's name, address and TIN on transmittal documents and information returns. Instructions for multiple transmittals and the submission of transmittals by service bureas or agents are also covered.

05 THE CASSETTE OR MINI-DISK RECORDS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE NATIONAL COMPUTER CENTER; HOWEVER, PAPER INFORMATION RETURNS ARE TO CONTINUE TO BE FILED WITH THE APPROPRIATE SERVICE CENTERS. SEE PART A, SEC. 13 FOR ADDRESSES. Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported on Magnetic media, must accompany cassette or mini-disk submissions. If you file for multiple payers and have the authority to sign the affidavit on Form 4804, you should also submit Form 4802, Multiple Payer Transmittal for Magnetic Media Reporting.

FOR THE IRS TO ENSURE THAT YOUR ACTUAL DATA RECORDS WERE FORMATTED FOLLOWING THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE, INCLUDE A HARDCOPY PRINTOUT, FAST PRINT OR CASSETTE OR MINI-DISK DUMP SHOWING A SAMPLE OF EACH TYPE OF RECORD (A, B, C, K AND F) USED ON THE CASSETTE OR MINI-DISK. This will be reviewed prior to actual processing to ensure that the data is in proper format. Be sure to include Form 4804, 4802 or computer generated listing WITH your cassette or mini-disk shipment. IRS encourages the use of computer generated Form 4804 which includes ALL necessary information requested on the actual form. DO NOT MAIL THE CASSETTES OR MINI-DISKS AND THE TRANSMITTAL DOCUMENTS SEPARATELY.

Paper information returns must be transmitted to the appropriate service center using Form 1096, Annual Summary and Transmittal of U.S. Information Returns. DO NOT SEND INFORMATION RETURNS FILED ON PAPER FORMS TO THE NATIONAL COMPUTER CENTER.

06 The affidavit which appears on Form 1096 and Form 4804 should be signed by the payer; however, the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agent may sign the affidavit on behalf of the payer if all of the following conditions are met:

(a) It has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under the state law.

(b) It has the responsibility (either oral, written, or implied) conferred on it by the payer to request the TINs of borrowers, recipients, or participants reported on magnetic media or paper returns.

(c) It signs the affidavit and adds the caption "For: (name of payer)."

07 Although a duly authorized agent signs the affidavit, the payer is held responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804, and the payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.

08 If a portion of the returns are submitted on paper documents with the service center, include a statement on the form 1096 that the remaining returns are being filed on magnetic media with the National Computer Center. DO NOT REPORT THE SAME INFORMATION ON PAPER FORMS THAT YOU REPORT ON MAGNETIC MEDIA. IF YOU REPORT PART OF YOUR RETURNS ON PAPER AND PART ON MAGNETIC MEDIA, BE SURE THAT DUPLICATE RETURNS WITH THE SAME INFORMATION, ARE NOT INCLUDED ON BOTH. This does not mean that corrected documents are not to be filed. If a return has been prepared and submitted improperly, you must file a corrected return as soon as possible. Refer to Part A, Section 10 for requirements and instructions on filing corrected returns.

09 Reports from different branches for one payer MUST be consolidated under one Payer/Transmitter "A" Record for each type of information return. For example, all Forms 1099-INT must be sorted together under one Payer/Transmitter "A" Record followed by the appropriate "B" Records and one "C" Record.

10 Health care carriers, or their agents, filing Form 1099-MISC per Part A, Sec. 5.07, may submit part of their returns on paper documents and part on magnetic media if the records of some departments are not maintained on computer files. However, an information return is required if the aggregate amount paid to a health care service provider from all departments equals $600 or more. For example, Department A pays $200, Department B pays $300, and Department C pays $100 to the same health care service provider. The aggregate amount paid from all departments equals $600. The health care carrier or agent must submit either one information return for the aggregate amount of $600 or three separate returns from the departments, indicating the amount paid by each department.

11 Before submitting magnetic media files, include the following:

(a) A signed Form 4804 or computer generated substitute. If you send TWO copies of the Form 4804, one will be used as an acknowledgement.

(b) A Form 4802 (if you transmit for multiple payers).

(c) A hard copy printout or listing of the first five and last two blocks of your file. The listing should show a sample of each type of record (A, B, C, K and F) used on the magnetic media being submitted.

(d) The magnetic media with an external identifying label as described in Part B for Cassette and Part C for Mini-Disk.

(e) On the outside of the shipping container, include a Form 4801 or a substitute for the form which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY -- MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING -- BOX ____ of ____." If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (i.e., Box 1 of 33, 2 of 33, etc.).

(f) If you were granted an extension and are filing late, include a copy of the approved extension letter with the magnetic media.

12 IRS will not pay or accept "Collect on Delivery" or "Charged IRS" shipments of reportable tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit. The current policy is to return magnetic materials or requested information at U.S. Government expense.

13 Files returned to you due to coding or format errors are to be corrected and returned to IRS within 30 days of receipt by the filer.

SEC. 7. FILING DATES

01 The dates prescribed for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media filing. Magnetic media reporting to the IRS for all types of Form 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G must be on a calendar year basis.

02 Information returns filed on magnetic media for Forms 1098, all types of Forms 1099, and W-2G must be submitted to IRS by February 28. The due date for furnishing the required copy or statement to the recipient is January 31.

03 Information returns filed on magnetic media for Form 5498 must be submitted to IRS by may 31. Copies of this form or statements are due to the participant by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs and SEPs; however, participant copies or statements for DECs are due the time the contribution is made or January 31, whichever is the later. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1985 that are made between January 1, 1985, and April 15, 1986.

SEC. 8. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

01 If a payer or transmitter of returns on magnetic media is unable to submit their magnetic media file by the dates prescribed in Sec. 7.02 and 7.03 above, submit a letter requesting an extension of up to 30 days to file, as soon as you are aware that an extension will be necessary. The request MUST be filed BEFORE the due date of the return. The letter should be sent to the attention of the Magnetic Media Reporting Program at the National Computer Center where the cassette or mini-disk file is to be submitted. See Part A, Sec. 13 for the address. The request should include:

(a) The filer's name and address.

(b) The filer's Taxpayer Identification Number (SSN or EIN).

(c) The tax year for which the extension of time is requested: tax year 1985.

(d) The name and telephone number of a person to contact who is familiar with the request.

(e) The type of returns and expected volume.

(f) The Transmitter Control Code assigned to the organization or individual requesting the extension (if a number has been assigned).

(g) The reason for the delay and date that you WILL be able to file.

02 If an extension of time to file on magnetic media is granted by the National Computer Center, a COPY of the letter GRANTING THE EXTENSION MUST be attached to the transmittal Form 4804 or computer generated substitute when the file is submitted.

SEC. 9. PROCESSING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA RETURNS

01 The National Computer Center will process tax information from magnetic files. All magnetic media files that are received timely by the National Computer Center will be returned to the filers by August 15 of the year in which submitted.

02 After January 1, 1986, all magnetic media processing will be centralized at the National Computer Center. Due to the volume of input received and the cost to return special containers, the special shipping containers should not be used for transmitting data to the National Computer Center since IRS cannot guarantee return of such containers.

03 Files will be returned to you for correction if they are unprocessable due to format or coding errors, or by the request of the filer. Files must be corrected and returned to the National Computer Center within 30 days of receipt by the filer. The corrected files will be returned to the filer by the National Computer Center within 6 months of receipt. PLEASE BE SURE THAT YOUR FORMAT AND CODING COMPLY WITH THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE. THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE IS TO BE USED FOR THE PREPARATION OF TAX YEAR 1985 INFORMATION RETURNS ONLY. AS SOME LEGISLATIVE AND FORMS CHANGES AFFECTING INFORMATION RETURNS OCCUR EACH YEAR, THIS PROCEDURE IS UPDATED TO REFLECT NECESSARY CHANGES. PLEASE READ THIS PUBLICATION CAREFULLY.

SEC. 10. HOW TO FILE CORRECTED RETURNS

01 If a return has been prepared and submitted improperly, you must file a complete corrected return as soon as possible. ALL FIELDS OR BOXES MUST BE COMPLETED WITH THE CORRECT INFORMATION, NOT JUST THE DATA FIELDS NEEDING CORRECTION. If you file corrected returns on paper forms, submit Copy A to the appropriate service center. There are numerous types of errors. It may require more than one transaction to properly correct the initial error. You are strongly encouraged to read this ENTIRE section before attempting to make ANY correction. If the initial return was filed as an aggregate, you must consider this in filing the corrected returns.

02 Corrected returns submitted to IRS on magnetic media, using a "G" coded Payee "B" Record, may be submitted on the same cassette or mini-disk as those corrections submitted WITHOUT the "G" code; however, they must be submitted using a separate "A" Record. Corrected returns for different tax years may not be submitted on the same file. Corrected returns are to be identified as corrections on the transmittal document and the EXTERNAL label of the file.

03 The instructions that follow will provide information on how to file corrected returns on magnetic media AND on paper forms. Please refer to the appropriate chart AND type of error for instructions on how to PROPERLY file the corrected return(s).

04 YOU MAY FILE CORRECTED RETURNS ON PAPER FORMS; HOWEVER, YOU ARE ENCOURAGED TO FILE ON MAGNETIC MEDIA IF YOU FILE MORE than 50 corrected returns.

05 If you file your corrected returns on paper forms, do not submit the paper returns to the National Computer Center. ALL PAPER RETURNS, WHETHER ORIGINAL OR CORRECTED, MUST BE FILED WITH THE APPROPRIATE SERVICE CENTER. CORRECTED RETURNS FILED ON MAGNETIC MEDIA MUST BE FILED WITH THE NATIONAL COMPUTER CENTER. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for address information.

06 Statements to the recipient or participant should be identified as "CORRECTED" and should be provided to them as soon as possible.

07 If you file corrected returns on paper forms, use IRS forms or acceptable OCR scannable paper substitutes. Always submit Copy A to the appropriate service center. NOTE: - FORM W-2G is not required to be in OCR scannable format. Publication 1179, "Requirements for Reproducing Paper Substitutes of Forms 1096, 1099 Series, 5498, W-2G and W-3G" provides requirements and instructions. A supplement will be issued to include instructions for paper substitutes of Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

08 For further instructions on filing information returns with IRS, refer to the 1985 "Instructions for Form 1099 Series, 1098, 5498 and 1096." If these instructions are not included in your magnetic media reporting packages, request a copy from your local IRS office.

09 Type or machine print all information on returns filed on paper.

10 Use the proper form. If you are in doubt, review the instructions noted in 08 above or contact your local IRS office.

11 Use only the boxes provided on the paper forms. Do not add additional boxes.

12 Do not change the title of any box on the paper forms.

13 Use the same name and TIN (SSN or EIN) for the filer on the Form 1096 transmittal form and all related forms that follow.

14 A separate transmittal Form 1096 is required for each TYPE of paper information return filed in the 1098, 5498 and 1099 Series. A transmittal Form W-3G is required to transmit paper Forms 1099-R and W-2G. DO NOT USE THE SAME TRANSMITTAL DOCUMENT TO FILE ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS WHETHER ON PAPER FORMS OR MAGNETIC MEDIA. A transmittal Form 4804 or computer generated substitute is used to transmit magnetic media. A Form 4802 is a CONTINUATION form for a Form 4804. Please utilize a Form 4802 if you file on magnetic media for multiple payers and are an authorized agent for the payers.

15 Do not staple, fold, paperclip or use rubberbands on any paper information returns filed with IRS. This could impair the OCR scanning process.

16 Use the corrected tax year's forms to file information returns with IRS (i.e., do not submit tax year 1985 returns using 1984 forms). The same is true for magnetic media filing. You must submit your returns filed on magnetic media using the revenue procedure for the tax year of the returns. Forms and revenue procedures are normally updated each year to include necessary changes.

17 Most information returns contain a "VOID" box and a "CORRECTED" box. The "VOID" box is used only if you make an error while typing or printing the paper forms. Mark this box ONLY when you wish the return to be disregarded or passed over. The OCR scanner at the service centers WILL NOT READ a "VOID" return; it will pass over it and go to the next form if the "VOID" box is marked. Do not confuse the "VOID" box and the "CORRECTED" box.

18 On magnetic media files, the Payee "B" Record provides space to enter a Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This same account number may be provided on paper forms. In order to properly file corrected returns, this number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return. DO NOT ENTER A TIN (SSN OR EIN). A PAYER'S ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE PAYEE MAY BE A CHECKING ACCOUNT NUMBER, SAVINGS ACCOUNT NUMBER, SERIAL NUMBER OR ANY OTHER NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE PAYEE BY THE PAYER, WHICH WILL DISTINGUISH THE SPECIFIC ACCOUNT. THIS NUMBER MUST APPEAR ON THE INITIAL RETURN AND ON THE CORRECTED RETURN IN ORDER TO IDENTIFY AND PROCESS THE CORRECTION PROPERLY.

19 REVIEW BOTH CHARTS 1 AND 2 THAT FOLLOW. The types of errors made will NORMALLY fall under one of the four categories listed. Next to each TYPE of error made, you will find a list of instructions to tell you how to PROPERLY file the corrected return for THAT type of error. READ ALL OF THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED AND FOLLOW THEM FOR THE TYPE OF ERROR MADE ON THE INITIAL RETURN. IN SOME CASES TWO TRANSACTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO PROPERLY FILE CORRECTIONS. IF THE ORIGINAL RETURN WAS FILED AS AN AGGREGATE, YOU MUST CONSIDER THIS IN FILING THE CORRECTED RETURNS.

  CHART 1. GUIDELINES FOR FILING CORRECTED RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

 

             (PLEASE READ SEC. 10.01 THROUGH 10.19 OF THIS

 

              PUBLICATION BEFORE MAKING ANY CORRECTIONS)

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 Type of Error Made on the         How to File The Corrected

 

 Original Return Filed on          Return On Magnetic Media

 

 Magnetic Media

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. Original return was filed      TRANSACTION 1: Identifying return

 

    with NO Payee TIN (SSN or      submitted with NO TIN or an

 

    EIN) OR the return was filed   INCORRECT TIN

 

    with an INCORRECT Payee TIN

 

    (SSN or EIN). THIS WILL RE-    A. FORM 4804 AND/OR 4802 (OR

 

    QUIRE TWO SEPARATE TRANSAC-        COMPUTER GENERATED SUBSTITUTE)

 

    TIONS TO MAKE THE CORRECTION

 

    PROPERLY. READ AND FOLLOW         1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

    ALL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BOTH            Form 4804 (and 4802 if you

 

    TRANSACTIONS 1 AND 2.                file for multiple payers), or

 

                                         a computer generated

 

                                         substitute, that includes

 

                                         information related to this

 

                                         new file. (A Form 4802 is a

 

                                         continuation form for

 

                                         multiple payers and may be

 

                                         used if you have the

 

                                         authority to sign the

 

                                         affidavit on the Form 4804.)

 

 

                                      2. Write, type or machine print

 

                                         in uppercase letters

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                         at the top of the transmittal

 

                                         form or computer generated

 

                                         substitute.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                         listing or cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                         small sample of each type of

 

                                         RECORD (A, B, C and F), which

 

                                         can be reviewed for accuracy

 

                                         and acceptability of record

 

                                         FORMAT.

 

 

                                      5. If you are a Combined

 

                                         Federal/State filer or

 

 

                                         Mini-Disk, IRS will not

 

                                         transmit corrected returns to

 

                                         the state. This will be the

 

                                         responsibility of the filer.

 

 

                                   B. 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 AND W-2G

 

                                       RETURNS

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a new file.

 

 

                                      2. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each TYPE of return being

 

                                         reported. The information in

 

                                         the "A" Record will be the

 

                                         same as it was in the

 

                                         original submission.

 

 

                                      3. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                         contain exactly the same

 

                                         information as submitted

 

                                         previously EXCEPT: insert a

 

                                         "G" code in cassette position

 

                                         5 or mini-disk position 5 of

 

                                         the "B" Record AND for ALL

 

                                         payment amounts used, enter

 

                                         "0" (zero).

 

 

                                      4. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                         to IRS using a "G" coded

 

                                         Record may be submitted on

 

                                         the same cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk as those

 

                                         corrections submitted WITHOUT

 

                                         the "G" code; however, a

 

                                         separate "A" Record is

 

                                         required.

 

 

                                      5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

 

                                      6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                         mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump showing sample

 

                                         records coded for this type

 

                                         of filing, and the

 

                                         transmittal document to the

 

                                         National Computer Center.

 

                                         (Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

                                         address information.)

 

 

                                   TRANSACTION 2: Reporting the

 

                                   correct information

 

 

                                   A. FORM 4804 AND/OR 4802 (OR

 

                                       COMPUTER GENERATED SUBSTITUTE)

 

 

                                      1. If you submit records with

 

                                         the corrected information on

 

                                         a separate cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk from those that are

 

                                         "G" coded, prepare a NEW

 

                                         transmittal Form 4804 (and

 

                                         4802 if you file for multiple

 

                                         payers), or a computer

 

                                         generated substitute, that

 

                                         includes information related

 

                                         to this new file. (A Form

 

                                         4802 is a continuation form

 

                                         for multiple payers and may

 

                                         be used if you have the

 

                                         authority to sign the

 

                                         affidavit on the Form 4804.)

 

 

                                      2. Write, type or machine print

 

                                         in uppercase letters

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                         at the top of the transmittal

 

                                         form or computer generated

 

                                         substitute.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                         listing or cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                         small sample of each type of

 

                                         RECORD (A, B, C and F), which

 

                                         can be reviewed for accuracy

 

                                         and acceptability of record

 

                                         FORMAT.

 

 

                                      5. If you are a Combined

 

                                         Federal/State filer or

 

                                         Mini-Disk, IRS will not

 

                                         transmit corrected returns to

 

                                         the state. This will be the

 

                                         responsibility of the filer.

 

 

                                   B. 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 AND W-2G

 

                                       RETURNS

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW file with the

 

                                         correct information in ALL

 

                                         records.

 

 

                                      2. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each TYPE of return being

 

                                         reported.

 

 

                                      3. DO NOT CODE THE PAYEE "B"

 

                                         RECORD AS A CORRECTED RETURN

 

                                         FOR THIS TYPE OF CORRECTION.

 

                                         (Remove the "G" Code.)

 

 

                                      4. Provide all of the correct

 

                                         information supplying the

 

                                         correct TIN (SSN or EIN).

 

 

                                      5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

 

                                      6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                         mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump showing sample

 

                                         records coded for this type

 

                                         of filing, and the

 

                                         transmittal document to the

 

                                         National Computer Center.

 

                                         (Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

                                         address information.)

 

 

                                   A. FORM 4804 AND/OR 4802 (OR

 

                                       COMPUTER GENERATED SUBSTITUTE)

 

 

 2. Original return was filed with    1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

    an incorrect payment amount(s)       Form 4804 (and 4802) if you

 

    in the Payee "B" Record. OR a        file for multiple payers), or

 

    money amount was reported using      a computer generated

 

    an incorrect Payment Amount          substitute, that includes

 

    Indicator Code in the original       information related to this

 

    Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.        new file. (A Form 4802 is a

 

    Correct TYPE OF RETURN indica-       continuation form for

 

    tor was used in the "A" Record.      multiple payers and may be

 

    THIS WILL REQUIRE ONLY ONE           used if you have the

 

    TRANSACTION TO MAKE THE COR-         authority to sign the

 

    RECTION. (NOTE: If the wrong         affidavit on the Form 4804.)

 

    TYPE OF RETURN indicator was

 

    used, see number 3 of this        2. Write, type of machine print

 

    chart.)                              in uppercase letters

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                         at the top of the transmittal

 

                                         form or computer generated

 

                                         substitute.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                         listing or cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                         small sample of each type of

 

                                         RECORD (A, B, C and F), which

 

                                         can be reviewed for accuracy

 

                                         and acceptability of record

 

                                         FORMAT.

 

 

                                      5. If you are a Combined

 

                                         Federal/State filer or

 

                                         Mini-Disk, IRS will not

 

                                         transmit corrected returns to

 

                                         the state. This will be the

 

                                         responsibility of the filer.

 

 

                                   B. 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 AND W-2G

 

                                       RETURNS

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW file.

 

 

                                      2. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each TYPE of return being

 

                                         reported. The information in

 

                                         the "A" Record will be the

 

                                         same as it was in the

 

                                         original submission EXCEPT,

 

                                         the CORRECT Amount Indicators

 

                                         will be used.

 

 

                                      3. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                         contain exactly the same

 

                                         information as submitted

 

                                         previously EXCEPT: insert a

 

                                         "G" code in cassette position

 

                                         5 or mini-disk position 6 of

 

                                         the "B" Record AND report the

 

                                         correct payment amounts as

 

                                         they should have been

 

                                         reported on the initial

 

                                         return.

 

 

                                      4. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                         to IRS using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                         Record may be submitted on

 

                                         the same cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk as those

 

                                         corrections submitted WITHOUT

 

                                         the "G" code; however, a

 

                                         separate "A" Record is

 

                                         required.

 

 

                                      5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

 

                                      6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                         mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump showing sample

 

                                         records coded for this type

 

                                         of filing, and the

 

                                         transmittal document to the

 

                                         National Computer Center.

 

                                         (Refer to part A, Sec. 13 for

 

                                         address information.)

 

 

                                   TRANSACTION 1: Identifying return

 

                                   submitted with an incorrect Type Of

 

                                   Return indicator

 

 

                                   A. FORM 4804 AND/OR 4802 (OR

 

                                       COMPUTER GENERATED SUBSITUTE)

 

 

 3. Original return was filed         1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

    using the WRONG TYPE OF RETURN       Form 4804 (and 4802 if you

 

    indicator in the Payer/Trans-        file for multiple payers), or

 

    mitter "A" Record. (For example,     a computer generated

 

    a return was coded using the         substitute, that includes

 

    TYPE OF RETURN indicator for         information related to this

 

    1099-DIV and it should have          new file. (A Form 4802 is a

 

    been coded 1099-INT.) THIS WILL      continuation form for

 

    REQUIRE TWO SEPARATE TRANS-          multiple payers and may be

 

    ACTIONS TO MAKE THE CORRECTION       used if you have the

 

    PROPERTY. READ AND FOLLOW ALL        authority to sign the

 

    INSTRUCTIONS FOR BOTH TRANS-         affidavit on the Form 4804.)

 

    ACTIONS 1 AND 2.

 

                                      2. Write, type or machine print

 

                                         in uppercase letters

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                         at the top of the transmittal

 

                                         form or computer generated

 

                                         substitute.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                         listing or cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                         small sample of each type of

 

                                         RECORD (A, B, C and F), which

 

                                         can be reviewed for accuracy

 

                                         and acceptability of record

 

                                         FORMAT.

 

 

                                      5. If you are a Combined

 

                                         Federal/State filer or

 

                                         Mini-Disk, IRS will not

 

                                         transmit corrected returns to

 

                                         the state. This will be the

 

                                         responsibility of the filer.

 

 

                                   B. 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 AND W-2G

 

                                       RETURNS

 

 

                                      1. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each TYPE of return being

 

                                         reported. The information in

 

                                         the "A" Record will be

 

                                         exactly the same as it was in

 

                                         the original submission using

 

                                         the same incorrect type of

 

                                         return indicator.

 

 

                                      2. The corrected Payee "B"

 

                                         Record must contain the same

 

                                         information as submitted

 

                                         previously EXCEPT: insert a

 

                                         "G" code in cassette position

 

                                         5 or mini-disk position 6 of

 

                                         the "B" Record and for ALL

 

                                         payment amounts USED, enter

 

                                         "0" (zero).

 

 

                                      3. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                         to IRS using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                         Record may be submitted on

 

                                         the same cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk as those

 

                                         corrections submitted WITHOUT

 

                                         the "G" code; however, a

 

                                         separate "A" Record is

 

                                         required.

 

 

                                      4. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

 

                                      5. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                         mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump showing sample

 

                                         records coded for this type

 

                                         of filing, and the

 

                                         transmittal document to the

 

                                         National Computer Center.

 

                                         (Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

                                         address information.)

 

 

                                   TRANSACTION 2: Reporting the

 

                                   correct information

 

 

                                   A. FORM 4804 AND/OR 4802 (OR

 

                                       COMPUTER GENERATED SUBSTITUTE)

 

 

                                      1. If you submit records with

 

                                         the corrected information on

 

                                         a separate cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk from those that are

 

                                         "G" coded, prepare a NEW

 

                                         transmittal Form 4804 (and

 

                                         4802 if you file for multiple

 

                                         payers), or a computer

 

                                         generated substitute, that

 

                                         includes information related

 

                                         to this new file. (A Form

 

                                         4802 is a continuation form

 

                                         for multiple payers and may

 

                                         be used if you have the

 

                                         authority to sign the

 

                                         affidavit on the Form 4804.)

 

 

                                      2. Write, type or machine print

 

                                         in uppercase letters

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                         at the top of the transmittal

 

                                         form or computer generated

 

                                         substitute.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                         listing or cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                         small sample of each type of

 

                                         RECORD (A, B, C and F), which

 

                                         can be reviewed for accuracy

 

                                         and acceptability of record

 

                                         FORMAT.

 

 

                                      5. If you are a Combined

 

                                         Federal/State filer, IRS will

 

                                         not transmit corrected

 

                                         returns to the state. This

 

                                         will be the responsibility of

 

                                         the filer.

 

 

                                   B. 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 AND W-2G

 

                                       RETURNS

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW file with the

 

                                         correct information in ALL

 

                                         records.

 

 

                                      2. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each TYPE of return being

 

                                         reported and use the correct

 

                                         Type Of Return indicator.

 

 

                                      3. DO NOT CODE THE PAYEE "B"

 

                                         RECORD AS A CORRECTED RETURN

 

                                         FOR THIS TYPE OF CORRECTION

 

                                         (Remove the "G" Code.)

 

 

                                      4. Provide all of the correct

 

                                         information.

 

 

                                      5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                         "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

 

                                      6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                         mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                         mini-disk dump showing sample

 

                                         records coded for this type

 

                                         of filing, and the

 

                                         transmittal document to the

 

                                         National Computer Center.

 

                                         (Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

                                         address information.)

 

 

    CHART 2. GUIDELINES FOR FILING CORRECTED RETURNS ON PAPER FORMS

 

 

 (PLEASE READ SEC. 10.01 THROUGH 10.19 OF THIS PUBLICATION BEFORE

 

 MAKING ANY CORRECTIONS)

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 Type of Error Made on the         How to File The Corrected

 

 Original Return Filed on          Return on PAPER forms

 

 Magnetic Media

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. Original return was filed      TRANSACTION 1: Identifying return

 

    with NO Payee TIN (SSN or      submitted with NO TIN or an

 

    EIN), OR the return was        INCORRECT TIN

 

    filed with an INCORRECT

 

    Payee TIN. THIS WILL           A. FORM 1096 OR W-3G

 

    REQUIRE TWO SEPARATE

 

    TRANSACTIONS TO MAKE THE          1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

    CORRECTION PROPERLY. READ            Form 1096 or W-3G depending

 

    AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS          on the TYPE of return being

 

    FOR BOTH TRANSACTIONS 1 AND 2.       filed.

 

 

                                      2. MARK OVER THE "X" IN THE

 

                                         "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE TOP OF

 

                                         THE FORM.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Type or machine print in

 

                                         uppercase letters "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION" in the

 

                                         blank space below the

 

                                         instructions.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT staple this

 

                                         transmittal form to the

 

                                         related returns.

 

 

                                      6. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         form for each TYPE of return.

 

 

                                      7. A transmittal Form 1096 or

 

                                         W-3G MUST be present. (Refer

 

                                         to .14 of this section for

 

                                         clarification.)

 

 

                                   B. FORM 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 OR

 

                                       W-2G

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW information

 

                                         return on the proper TYPE of

 

                                         form.

 

 

                                      2. MARK OVER THE "X" IN THE

 

                                         "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE TOP OF

 

                                         THE FORM(S).

 

 

                                      3. Enter the Payer, Recipient

 

                                         and Account Number

 

                                         information (if any) EXACTLY

 

                                         as it appeared on the

 

                                         original incorrect return

 

                                         filed with NO TIN or

 

                                         INCORRECT TIN; HOWEVER, enter

 

                                         "0" (zero) for ALL money

 

                                         amounts.

 

 

                                      4. File the transmittal document

 

                                         and Copy A of the returns

 

                                         with the appropriate service

 

                                         center.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT cut the forms that are

 

                                         three to a page.

 

 

                                      6. Do NOT staple, paperclip or

 

                                         use rubberbands on the forms.

 

 

                                      7. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or Form W-3G

 

                                         (depending on the TYPE of

 

                                         return) to transmit the

 

                                         "CORRECTED" return(s).

 

 

                                      8. DO NOT INCLUDE COPIES OF THE

 

                                         ORIGINAL RETURN THAT WAS

 

                                         FILED INCORRECTLY.

 

 

                                   TRANSACTION 2: Reporting correct

 

                                   information

 

 

                                   A. FORM 1096 OR W-3G:

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or W-3G depending

 

                                         on the TYPE of return being

 

                                         filed.

 

 

                                      2. DO NOT MARK OVER THE "X" IN

 

                                         THE "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE

 

                                         TOP OF THE FORM FOR THIS TYPE

 

                                         OF CORRECTION.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Type or machine print in

 

                                         upper case letters "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION" in the

 

                                         blank space below the

 

                                         instructions.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT staple this

 

                                         transmittal form to the

 

                                         related returns.

 

 

                                      6. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         form for each TYPE of return.

 

 

                                      7. A transmittal Form 1096 or

 

                                         W-3G MUST be present. (Refer

 

                                         to .14 of this section for

 

                                         clarification.)

 

 

                                   B. FORM 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 OR

 

                                       W-2G:

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW information

 

                                         return on the proper TYPE of

 

                                         form.

 

 

                                      2. DO NOT MARK OVER THE "X" IN

 

                                         THE "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE

 

                                         TOP OF THE FORM(S) FOR THIS

 

                                         TYPE OF CORRECTION. Submit

 

                                         the NEW returns as though

 

                                         they were originals.

 

 

                                      3. Include ALL of the correct

 

                                         information supplying the TIN

 

                                         (SSN or EIN).

 

 

                                      4. File the transmittal document

 

                                         and Copy A of the returns

 

                                         with the appropriate service

 

                                         center.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT cut the forms that are

 

                                         three to a page.

 

 

                                      6. Do NOT staple, paperclip or

 

                                         use rubberbands on the forms.

 

 

                                      7. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or W-3G (depending

 

                                         on the TYPE of return) to

 

                                         transmit the corrected

 

                                         returns. YOU MUST NOT USE THE

 

                                         SAME TRANSMITTAL USED IN

 

                                         TRANSACTION 1.

 

 

                                      8. DO NOT INCLUDE COPIES OF THE

 

                                         ORIGINAL RETURN THAT WAS

 

                                         FILED INCORRECTLY.

 

 

 2. Original return was filed      A. FORM 1096 OR W-3G

 

    with incorrect payment

 

    amount(s) in the Payee "B"        1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

    Record, OR a money amount            Form 1096 or W-3G depending

 

    was reported using an in-            on the TYPE of return being

 

    correct payment Amount               filed.

 

    Indicator Code in the

 

    original Payer/Transmitter        2. MARK OVER THE "X" IN THE

 

    "A" Record. Correct TYPE             "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE TOP OF

 

    of RETURN indicator was used         THE FORM.

 

    in the "A" Record. THIS WILL

 

    REQUIRE ONLY ONE TRANSACTION      3. Provide ALL requested

 

    TO MAKE THE CORRECTION. (If          information correctly.

 

    the WRONG TYPE of RETURN

 

    indicator was used, see num-      4. Type or machine print in

 

    ber 3 of this chart.)                upper case letters "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION" in the

 

                                         blank space below the

 

                                         instructions.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT staple this

 

                                         transmittal form to the

 

                                         related returns.

 

 

                                      6. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         form for each TYPE of return.

 

 

                                      7. A transmittal Form 1096 or

 

                                         W-3G MUST be present. (Refer

 

                                         to .14 of this section for

 

                                         clarification.)

 

 

                                   B. FORM 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 OR

 

                                       W-2G

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW information

 

                                         return on the proper TYPE of

 

                                         form.

 

 

                                      2. MARK OVER THE "X" IN THE

 

                                         "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE TOP OF

 

                                         THE FORM(S).

 

 

                                      3. Enter the Payer, Recipient

 

                                         and Account Number

 

                                         information EXACTLY as it

 

                                         appeared on the original

 

                                         incorrect return; HOWEVER,

 

                                         ENTER ALL CORRECT MONEY

 

                                         AMOUNTS IN THE CORRECT BOXES

 

                                         AS THEY SHOULD HAVE APPEARED

 

                                         ON THE ORIGINAL RETURN.

 

 

                                      4. File the transmittal document

 

                                         and Copy A of the returns

 

                                         with the appropriate service

 

                                         center.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT cut the forms that are

 

                                         three to a page.

 

 

                                      6. Do NOT staple, paperclip or

 

                                         use rubberbands on the forms.

 

 

                                      7. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or W-3G (depending

 

                                         on the TYPE of return) to

 

                                         transmit the corrected

 

                                         returns.

 

 

                                      8. DO NOT INCLUDE COPIES OF THE

 

                                         ORIGINAL RETURN THAT WAS

 

                                         FILED INCORRECTLY.

 

 

 3. Original return was filed      TRANSACTION 1: Identifying return

 

    using the WRONG TYPE OF        submitted with an incorrect Type Of

 

    RETURN indicator in the        Return indicator

 

    Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

    Record. (For example, a        A. FORM 1096 OR W-3G

 

    return was coded using the

 

    TYPE OF RETURN indicator          1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

    for 1000-DIV and it should           Form 1096 or W-3G depending

 

    have been coded as 1099-INT.)        on the TYPE of return being

 

    THIS WILL REQUIRE TWO SEPA-          filed.

 

    RATE TRANSACTIONS TO MAKE

 

    THE CORRECTION PROPERLY.          2. MARK OVER THE "X" IN THE

 

    READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUC-         "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE TOP OF

 

    TIONS FOR BOTH TRANSACTIONS          THE FORM.

 

    1 AND 2.

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Type or machine print in

 

                                         upper case letters "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION" in the

 

                                         blank space below the

 

                                         instructions.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT staple this

 

                                         transmittal form to the

 

                                         related returns.

 

 

                                      6. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         form for each TYPE of return.

 

 

                                      7. A transmittal Form 1096 or

 

                                         W-3G MUST be present. (Refer

 

                                         to .14 of this section for

 

                                         clarification.)

 

 

                                   B. FORM 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 OR

 

                                       W-2G

 

 

                                      1. PREPARE A NEW INFORMATION

 

                                         RETURN ON THE SAME TYPE OF

 

                                         FORM THAT WAS USED INITIALLY.

 

 

                                      2. MARK OVER THE "X" IN THE

 

                                         "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE TOP OF

 

                                         THE FORM(S).

 

 

                                      3. Enter the Payer, Recipient

 

                                         and Account Number

 

                                         information EXACTLY as it

 

                                         appeared on the original

 

                                         incorrect return; HOWEVER,

 

                                         enter "0" (zero) for ALL

 

                                         money amounts.

 

 

                                      4. File the transmittal document

 

                                         and Copy A of the returns

 

                                         with the appropriate service

 

                                         center.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT cut the forms that are

 

                                         three to a page.

 

 

                                      6. Do NOT staple, paperclip or

 

                                         use rubberbands on the forms.

 

 

                                      7. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or W-3G (depending

 

                                         on the TYPE of return) to

 

                                         transmit the "CORRECTED"

 

                                         return(s).

 

 

                                      8. DO NOT INCLUDE COPIES OF THE

 

                                         ORIGINAL RETURN THAT WAS

 

                                         FILED INCORRECTLY.

 

 

                                   TRANSACTION 2: Reporting correct

 

                                   information on the correct TYPE of

 

                                   return

 

 

                                   A. FORM 1096 OR W-3G

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or W-3G depending

 

                                         on the TYPE of return being

 

                                         filed.

 

 

                                      2. DO NOT MARK OVER THE "X" IN

 

                                         THE "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE

 

                                         TOP OF THE FORM FOR THIS TYPE

 

                                         OF CORRECTION.

 

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information correctly.

 

 

                                      4. Type or machine print in

 

                                         upper case letters "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION" in the

 

                                         blank space below the

 

                                         instructions.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT staple this

 

                                         transmittal form to the

 

                                         related returns.

 

 

                                      6. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         form for each TYPE of return.

 

 

                                      7. A transmittal Form 1096 or

 

                                         W-3G MUST be present. (Refer

 

                                         to .14 of this section for

 

                                         clarification.)

 

 

                                   B. FORM 1098, 1099 SERIES, 5498 OR

 

                                       W-2G

 

 

                                      1. Prepare a NEW information

 

                                         return utilizing the proper

 

                                         TYPE of form.

 

 

                                      2. DO NOT MARK OVER THE "X" IN

 

                                         THE "CORRECTED" BOX AT THE

 

                                         TOP OF THE FORM(S) FOR THIS

 

                                         TYPE OF CORRECTION. Submit

 

                                         the new return(s) as though

 

                                         they were originals.

 

 

                                      3. Include ALL of the correct

 

                                         information.

 

 

                                      4. File the transmittal document

 

                                         and Copy A of the returns

 

                                         with the appropriate service

 

                                         center.

 

 

                                      5. Do NOT cut the forms that are

 

                                         three to a page.

 

 

                                      6. Do NOT staple, paperclip or

 

                                         use rubberbands on the forms.

 

 

                                      7. Use a separate transmittal

 

                                         Form 1096 or W-3G (depending

 

                                         on the TYPE of return) to

 

                                         transmit the corrected

 

                                         returns. You MUST NOT use the

 

                                         same transmittal used in

 

                                         Transaction 1.

 

 

                                      8. DO NOT INCLUDE COPIES OF THE

 

                                         ORIGINAL RETURN THAT WAS

 

                                         FILED INCORRECTLY.

 

 

SEC. 11. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

01 Under section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code, recipients of all reportable payments on information returns are required to furnish Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) to the payer. The number must be furnished to the payer whether or not the payee is required to file a tax return or is covered by Social Security. Refer to Sec. 15 for a definition of Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN).

02 The recipients' TIN is used to associate and verify amounts reported to IRS with corresponding amounts on tax returns. Therefore, it is particularly important that correct social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided on magnetic media or paper forms submitted to IRS. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL ZEROES.

03 Under section 6676 of the Internal Revenue Code, a $50 penalty applies for each failure to furnish a TIN to another person who is required to file an information return, and for each failure to include a TIN on an information return. The penalty for payments other than interest or dividends applies unless the failures were due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.

04 With respect to all payers of interest and dividends, section 6676 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that the payer must self-assess a $50 PENALTY for each failure to include a payee's TIN or each inclusion of an incorrect TIN on an information return, unless the payer can demonstrate that the payer met the due diligence requirements in attempting to acquire correct TINs for payees. Use form 8210, Self-Assessed Penalties Return.

05 For any reportable payment, if the payee fails to provide a TIN to the payer or if the IRS notifies you that the TIN provided is incorrect, then backup withholding must be instituted for that payee. In the case of notice of an incorrect TIN from IRS, the payer must begin withholding on the 31st day after the notice is received. If the payer receives another TIN in the manner required from the payee within 30 days of notice from IRS, no withholding is required.

06 The TIN to be furnished to IRS depends primarily upon the manner in which the account is maintained or set up on the payer's record. The TIN to be provided must be that of the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the TIN and name of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided must be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the Payee "B" Record. For individuals, including sole proprietors, the payee TIN is the payee's social security number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's employer identification number.

07 Sole proprietors who are payers should show their employer identification number in the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. However, sole proprietors who are not otherwise required to have an employer identification number should use their social security number.

08 Sole proprietors' social security numbers must be used in the Payee "B" Record.

09 The charts below will help you determine the number to be furnished to IRS for recipients of reportable payments (payees).

            CHART 1. Guidelines for Social Security Numbers

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                     In the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                     Number field of the Payee

 

 For this type of account:           "B" Record, enter the SSN of:

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. An individual's account.         The individual.

 

 

 2. A joint account (Two or more     The actual owner

 

    individuals, husband and wife).  of the account. (If

 

                                     more than one owner,

 

                                     the first individual on

 

                                     the account.

 

 

 3. Account in the name of a         The ward, minor, or

 

    guardian or committee for a      incompetent person.

 

    designated ward, minor, or

 

    incompetent person.

 

 

 4. Custodian account of a minor     The minor.

 

    (Uniform Gift to Minors

 

    Act).

 

 

 5. The usual revocable savings      The grantor-trustee.

 

    trust account (grantor is

 

    also trustee).

 

 

 6. A so-called trust account        The actual owner.

 

    that is not a legal or

 

    valid trust under state

 

    law.

 

 

 7. A sole proprietorship.           The owner.

 

 

                                                (continued below)

 

 

 ____________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                     In the First Payee

 

                                     Name Line of the

 

                                     Payee "B" Record,

 

 For this type of account:           enter the name of:

 

 ____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. An individual's account.         The individual.

 

 

 2. A joint account (Two or more     The individual whose

 

    individuals, husband and         SSN is entered.

 

    wife).

 

 

 3. Account in the name of a         The individual whose

 

    guardian or committee for a      SSN is entered.

 

    designated ward, minor, or

 

    incompetent person.

 

 

 4. Custodian account of a minor     The minor.

 

    (Uniform Gift to Minors

 

    Act).

 

 

 5. The usual revocable savings      The grantor-trustee.

 

    trust account (grantor is

 

    also trustee).

 

 

 6. A so-called trust account        The actual owner.

 

    that is not a legal or

 

    valid trust under state

 

    law.

 

 

 7. A sole proprietorship.           The owner.

 

 

 ____________________________________________________________________

 

   CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers

 

 ____________________________________________________________________

 

 

                             In the Taxpayer   In the First

 

                             Identification    Payee Name

 

                             Number Field of   Line of the Payee

 

                             the Payee "B"     "B" Record,

 

                             Record, enter     enter the

 

    For this account type,   the EIN of:       name of:

 

 ___________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. A valid trust, estate,   Legal entity. 1 The legal

 

    or pension trust.                          trust,

 

                                               estate, or

 

                                               pension

 

                                               trust.

 

 

 2. A corporate account.     The corporation.  The

 

                                               corporation.

 

 

 3. An association, club,    The organization. The

 

    religious, charitable,                     organization.

 

    educational or other

 

    tax-exempt organization.

 

 

 4. A partnership            The partnership.  The

 

    account held                               partnership.

 

    in the name

 

    of the

 

    business.

 

 

 5. A broker or              The broker or     The broker

 

    registered               nominee/          or

 

    nominee/                 middleman.        nominee/

 

    middleman.                                 middleman.

 

 

 6. Account with             The public        The public

 

    the Department           entity.           entity.

 

    of Agriculture

 

    in the name

 

    of a public entity,

 

    (such as state or

 

    local government,

 

    school district

 

    or prison, that

 

    receives agriculture

 

    program payments.

 

 ____________________________________________________________________

 

 1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal

 

 representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or

 

 trustee is used in the account title.

 

 

SEC. 12 EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

01 Cassette or mini-disk reporting of the information returns listed in Part A, Sec. 1 applies only to the original (Copy A).

02 For payments of dividends or interest (reported on Forms 1099-DIV, 1099-PATR, 1099-INT or 1099-OID), the payer is required to furnish an official Form 1099 to a payee either in a separate mailing by First-Class mail or in person. These forms may not be combined or mailed with other information furnished to the recipient except Form W-9 or other Form 1099 statements. The payer may use substitute Forms 1099 if they are substantially similar to the official forms and if the payer complies with all revenue procedures relating to substitute Forms 1099 in effect at the time (see Publication 1179, Requirements for Reproducing Paper Substitutes of Forms 1096, 1099 Series, 5498, W-2G and W-3G). A supplement will be issued to include instructions for substitutes of Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement. Copy B (For Recipient) of the substitute forms must contain the statement "This is important tax information and is being furnished to IRS. If you are required to file a return, a negligence penalty will be imposed on you if this income is taxable and IRS determines that it has not been reported."

03 Statements to recipients for Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-G, 1099-MISC (except for substitute payments in lieu of dividends and tax-exempt interest), 1099-R, 5498 or W-2G need not be a copy of the paper form filed with IRS. It is important that income items be properly classified for Federal tax purposes on the statement the payer gives to recipients. The message "This information is being furnished to the IRS" must appear on the statements. The payer may combine the statements with other reports or financial or commercial notices, or expand them to include other information of interest to the recipient. Also, be sure that all copies of the forms are legible and provide the recipient with applicable instructions that appear on the back of the recipient's copy of the official IRS form so that the information may properly be used by the recipient in meeting his or her tax obligations.

04 If a portion of the returns is reported on cassette or mini-disk and the remainder is reported on paper forms, those returns not submitted on cassette or mini-disk must be filed on official forms or on acceptable paper substitutes meeting specifications in Publication 1179, Requirements for Reproducing Paper Substitutes of Forms 1096, 1099 Series, 5498, W-2G and W-3G. A supplement will be issued to include instructions for substitutes of Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

SEC. 13. MAGNETIC MEDIA COORDINATOR CONTACTS

01 On January 1, 1985, the National Computer Center assumed responsibility for the MAGNETIC MEDIA processing previously handled by the Philadelphia, Kansas City, and Austin Service Centers. Beginning January 1, 1986, magnetic media processing for ALL service centers will be centralized at the National Computer Center. ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 1986, PLEASE DIRECT ALL REQUESTS FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA RELATED PUBLICATIONS, INFORMATION, UNDUE HARDSHIP WAIVERS, OR FORMS TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:

     Magnetic Media Reporting

 

     Internal Revenue Service

 

     National Computer Center

 

     Post Office Box 1359

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

Hours of operation at this address will be 8:30 AM until 8:00 PM Eastern Time Zone.

Prior to January 1, 1986, requests for MAGNETIC MEDIA related publications, forms, undue hardship waivers, or information will still be handled by the following service centers only:

     (a) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Andover Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 311

 

          Stop 481

 

          Andover, MA 01810

 

 

     (b) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Brookhaven Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 486

 

          Holtsville, NY 11742

 

 

     (c) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Atlanta Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 47-421

 

          Doraville, GA 30362

 

 

     (d) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Memphis Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 1900

 

          Memphis, TN 38101

 

 

     (e) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Cincinnati Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 267

 

          201 West Second Street

 

          Covington, KY 41019

 

 

     (f) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Ogden Service Center

 

          1160 West 12th Street

 

          Ogden, UT 84409

 

 

     (g) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Fresno Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 12866

 

          Fresno, CA 93779

 

 

02 The National Computer Center will process returns filed on magnetic media only. ALL information returns filed on paper forms should be submitted to the appropriate service center, not the National Computer Center. Organizations who file their information returns on magnetic media but who submit their corrected returns on paper forms with the Philadelphia, Kansas City and Austin Service Cetners, please use the following addresses for returns filed on paper:

     (a) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Philadelphia Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 245

 

          Bensalem, PA 19020

 

 

     (b) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Kansas City Service Center

 

          2306 East Bannister Road

 

          Stop 36

 

          Kansas City, MO 64131

 

 

     (c) Internal Revenue Service

 

          Austin Service Center

 

          Post Office Box 934

 

          Austin, TX 78767

 

 

SEC. 14. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING

01 The Combined Federal/State Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer. IRS will accept, upon prior approval, mini-disk files containing state reporting information only for those states listed in Table 1 in this section. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM. DUE TO THE 256 CHARACTER RECORD RESTRICTION FOR CASSETTE FILERS, CASSETTE TAPES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE ON THIS PROGRAM. EACH RECORD IN THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE PROGRAM MUST BE 360 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH; THEREFORE ONLY MINI-DISK FILES ARE ACCEPTABLE.

02 To request approval to participate in the Combined Federal/State Program, a "test" file CODED FOR THIS PROGRAM, must be submitted between September and December using the revenue procedure that will be used for the actual data files. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for address information. See Part A, Sec. 5.04 for general guidelines on submission of "test" files. Each record, both in the "test" file and actual data file, must be 360 positions in length, and the file must conform EXACTLY to the revenue procedure for the tax year of the ACTUAL data. Combined Federal/State records must be coded using each state's dollar criteria from Table 2 of this Section for each TYPE of return. If the "test" mini-disk is determined to be acceptable, IRS will return it to the filer with a letter of approval to participate in the Combined Federal/State Program. Form 6847, Consent For Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information, will be included with the letter of approval. You MUST complete Form 6847, include your 5 character Transmitter Control Code on the form, and return it to IRS before IRS will release tax information to any of the participating states. Do not submit ACTUAL data records coded for the Combined Federal/State Program without prior approval from IRS. The first time you submit actual data files coded for this program, include the signed Form 6847.

03 States that participate in this program and the valid state code assigned to each are listed in Table 1 of this Section. If the state that you wish information released to does NOT participate in the program, do NOT code your records for that state. If the state participates, if you have received prior approval, and if all other conditions are met, IRS will forward the tax information to the participating state at no charge to the filer.

04 IF CORRECTIONS MUST BE MADE, IRS WILL NOT TRANSMIT CORRECTED RETURNS TO THE STATES. THIS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FILER.

05 IRS will make no attempt to process files with any deviations. Approval to participate in the Combined Federal/State Program will be revoked if any files are submitted that do not TOTALLY conform.

06 IRS is acting as a forwarding agent ONLY. Some participating states require separate notification that you are filing in this manner. It is your responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.

07 The appropriate staet code should be entered for those documents which meet that state's filing requirements. IT IS THE FILER'S RESPONSIBILITY to determine the state code to be used and to obtain the filing requirements from the appropriate state(s).

08 If you meet all of the requirements for this program, you MUST provide the state totals from the "K" record on a separate Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns on Magnetic Media (or Form 4802, Multiple Payer Transmittal For Magnetic Media Reporting) or computer generated substitute for each state, OR you must include a listing which identifies each state and the "K" record totals for each.

09 If you have met ALL of the above conditions:

(a) You must submit all records using two 180 position sectors which indicate the appropriate coding related to this program.

(b) The "C" record MUST be followed by a "K" Record for each state. The "K" record indicates the number of payees (different TINs) being reported to each particular state.

(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the state totals "K" Record. Refer to Part B, Sec. 16, for a description of the "K" Record.

(d) The "K" Record is followed by an end of transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).

10 Only those states listed in Table 1 below will receive information from IRS. IT IS THE FILER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FILE INFORMATION RETURNS WITH STATES THAT DO NOT PARTICIPATE IN THIS PROGRAM.

             TABLE 1. PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 State          Code State        Code  State         Code

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Alabama         01 Iowa           19 New York         36

 

 Arizona         04 Kansas         20 North Carolina   37

 

 Arkansas        05 Maine          23 North Dakota     38

 

 California      06 Massachusetts  25 Oregon           41

 

 Delaware        10 Minnesota      27 South Carolina   45

 

 District

 

  of Columbia    11 Mississippi    28 Tennessee        47

 

 Georgia         13 Missouri       29 Wisconsin        55

 

 Hawaii          15 Montana        30

 

 Idaho           16 New Jersey     34

 

 Indiana         18 New Mexico     35

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

11 To simplify filing, several of the participating states have provided lists of their information return reporting requirements (see Table 2). This cumulative list is for information purposes only and represents dollar criteria. For complete information on state filing requirements, contact the appropriate state tax agencies.

                       TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

                                  1099-   1099-  1099

 

 STATE                   1099-R   DIV     INT    MISC

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 Alabama                 1500     1500    1500   1500

 

 Arizona /a/              300      300     300    300

 

 Arkansas                2500      100     100   2500

 

 District of

 

  Columbia /b/            600      600     600    600

 

 Hawaii                   600       10      10/c/ 600

 

 Idaho                    600       10      10    600

 

 Iowa                    1000      100    1000   1000

 

 Minnesota                600       10      10/d/ 600 /e/

 

 Missouri                  NR       NR      NR   1200 /f/

 

 Montana                  600       10      10    600

 

 New Jersey              1000     1000    1000   1000

 

 New York                 600       NR     600    600 /g/

 

 North Carolina           100      100     100    600

 

 Oregon                   600 /h/   10      10    600

 

 Tennessee                NR        25      25    NR

 

 Wisconsin                500      100     100    100

 

 NR--No filing requirement.

 

 

                                                (continued below)

 

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

                   1099-             1099

 

 STATE             PATR     1099-G   OID    5498 /k/

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Alabama           1500       NR     1500    NR

 

 Arizona /a/        300      300      300    NR

 

 Arkansas          2500     2500     2500   /j/

 

 District of

 

  Columbia /c/      600      600      600    NR

 

 Hawaii              10      all       10    /j/

 

 Idaho               10       10       10    /j/

 

 Iowa              1000     1000     1000    NR

 

 Minnesota           10       10       10    NR

 

 Missouri            NR       NR       NR    NR

 

 Montana             10       10       10    /j/

 

 New Jersey        1000     1000     1000    NR

 

 New York            NR      600       NR    NR

 

 North Carolina     100      100      100    /j/

 

 Oregon              10       10       10    NR

 

 Tennessee           NR       NR       NR    NR

 

 Wisconsin          100       NR       NR    NR

 

 

 NR--No filing requirement.

 

 ___________________________________________________________________

 

 /a/  These requirements apply to individuals and business entities.

 

 /b/  Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the

 

      same payroll.

 

 /c/  State regulation changing filing requirement from $600 to $10 is

 

      pending.

 

 /d/  $10.01 for Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions.

 

 /e/  $600.01 for Rents and Royalties.

 

 /f/ Aggregate both types of returns.  The State would prefer those

 

     returns filed with respect to non-Missouri residents to be sent

 

     directly to the State agency.

 

 /g/  Aggregate of several types of income.

 

 /h/  Return required for state of Oregon residents only.

 

 /i/  Same as federal requirement for this type of return.

 

 

 NOTE: Filing requirements for any state not shown on the above chart

 

 are the same as the Federal requirement.

 

 

SEC. 15. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Element                                 Description

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 b                        Denotes a blank position.  Enter blank(s)

 

                          when this symbol is used (do NOT enter the

 

                          letter "b"). This appears in numerous areas

 

                          throughout the record descriptions.

 

 

 Coding Range             Indicates the allowable code for a

 

                          particular type of statement.

 

 

 EIN                      Employer Identification Number

 

                          that has been assigned by IRS to the

 

                          reporting entity.

 

 

 Excess Golden            Parachute payments (also called "golden

 

 Parachute Payment        parachutes") are certain payments in the

 

                          nature of compensation which corporations

 

                          make to key individuals, often in excess of

 

                          their usual compensation, in the event

 

                          that ownership or control of the

 

                          corporation changes.

 

 

 File                     For purposes of this procedure,

 

                          a file consists of all cassette

 

                          or mini-disk records submitted by

 

                          a Payer or Transmitters

 

 

 Payee                    Person(s) or organization(s)

 

                          receiving payments from the Payer, or for

 

                          whom an information return must be filed.

 

 

 Payer                    Person or organization, including

 

                          paying agent, making payments or the person

 

                          liable for filing an information return.

 

                          The Payer will be held responsible

 

                          for the completeness, accuracy and

 

                          timely submission of cassette or

 

                          mini-disk files.

 

 

 Special Character        Any character that is not a

 

                          numeral, a letter or a blank.

 

 

 SSA                      Social Security Administration.

 

 

 SSN                      Social Security Number.

 

 

 Taxpayer Identification  May be either an EIN or SSN.

 

 Number (TIN)

 

 

 Transfer Agent           The transfer agent or paying agent is the

 

 Paying Agent             entity who has been contracted or authorized

 

                          by the payer to perform the services of

 

                          paying and reporting backup withholding

 

                          (Form 941). The payer must submit to IRS a

 

                          Form 2678, Employer Appointment of Agent

 

                          under Section 3504, which notifies IRS of

 

                          the transfer agent relationship.

 

 

 Transmitter              Person or organization preparing

 

                          cassette or mini-disk file(s).

 

                          May be Payer or agent of payer.

 

 

 Transmitter              A FIVE character number assigned by IRS to

 

 Control Code             the transmitter prior to actual filing on

 

                          magnetic media. This number is inserted in

 

                          the "A" Record of your files and MUST be

 

                          present before the file can be processed. An

 

                          application Form 4419 must be filed with IRS

 

                          to receive this number. See Part A, Sec. 5.

 

                          (Abbreviation for this term is TCC.)

 

 __________________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 16 U.S. POSTAL SERVICE STATE ABBREVIATIONS

You must use the following U.S. Postal Service State abbreviations when developing the state code portion of Name Line fields. (This table provides state abbreviations only and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal/State Program. For a list of states that participate in the Combined Federal/State Program, refer to Sec. 14.10.)

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 State       Code   State         Code    State         Code

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 Alabama      AL    Kentucky        KY    North Dakota    ND

 

 Alaska       AK    Louisiana       LA    Ohio            OH

 

 Arizona      AZ    Maine           ME    Oklahoma        OK

 

 Arkansas     AR    Maryland        MD    Oregon          OR

 

 California   CA    Massachusetts   MA    Pennsylvania    PA

 

 Colorado     CO    Michigan        MI    Rhode Island    RI

 

 Connecticut  CT    Minnesota       MN    South Carolina  SC

 

 Delaware     DE    Mississippi     MS    South Dakota    SD

 

 District of        Missouri        MO    Tennessee       TN

 

   Columbia   DC    Montana         MT    Texas           TX

 

 Florida      FL    Nebraska        NE    Utah            UT

 

 Georgia      GA    Nevada          NV    Vermont         VT

 

 Hawaii       HI    New Hampshire   NH    Virginia        VA

 

 Idaho        ID    New Jersey      NJ    Washington      WA

 

 Illinois     IL    New Mexico      NM    West Virginia   WV

 

 Indiana      IN    New York        NY    Wisconsin       WI

 

 Iowa         IA    North Carolina  NC    Wyoming         WY

 

 Kansas       KS

 

 

PART B. CASSETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure prescribe the required format and contents of the records to be included in the cassette file. These specifications must be adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS in writing.

02 In most instances, IRS will be able to process any compatible cassette file. IRS has a Burrough's B-94 model mini-computer with free standing NRZ and PE cassette devices, style B 9497-11 and B 9497-15 respectively. We understand that most Burroughs B-90 series mini-computers will produce compatible cassettes. However, until this is absolutely determined, we request filers to provide test cassettes so that we may ascertain which models are compatible.

03 A cassette contains a minimum of 282 feet (86m) of 2 track recording tape and a minimum of 6 inches (15.25 cm) of clear leader at both ends of the tape.

04 The recording technique is either non-return to zero (NRZ) or Phase Encoded (PE).

05 Data is recorded on the cassettee at a maximum density of 800 bits per inch (BPI) for NRZ cassetttes and 1600 BPI for PE cassettes.

06 When the NRZ technique is used, both tracks of the cassette are recorded simultaneously; data is recorded on one track and a synchronizing clock impulse is recorded on the other.

07 When the PE technique is used, there is no requirement for a separate clock pulse track; one track is recorded when the cassette is driven in one direction, and the other track is recorded when the tape drive is driven in the other direction. Therefore two PE data tracks can be recorded over the full length of the tape.

08 The data is recorded in blocks of characters, separated by interblock gaps (IBGs). Records may not span blocks.

09 The recording mode is 9 channel ASCII (American Standard Code Information Exchange) or EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code).

10 The industry standard for cassettes is odd parity.

11 The maximum block size is 256 characters; the minimum block size is 1 character for NRZ cassettes and 8 characters for PE cassettes.

12 Each block of characters is followed by two 8-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) characters which serve as a parity check on the data block during reading operations.

13 The data characters plus the CRC characters are preceded and followed by a Preamble character and a Postamble character which serve to delimit the data block.

14 Tape marks which consist of a fixed number of null characters (all zero bits) are used to delimit logical portions of the cassette and also to mark the end of the file of data.

15 Cassettes may be either labeled or unlabeled.

16 Each block of data, including tape marks, separated from the next block by the interblock gap (IBGs). The IBG is 1.4 inches (3.5 cm) in length. A tape mark length is approximately 6 inches (15 cm) in length.

17 The beginning of the tape is marked by a BOT mark. This is a hole in the tape used to define the start of the recording tape. It is recommended that a tape mark preamble character, null character (one character in which all bits are zero), a postamble character and ending label is placed on the cassette immediately after EOT is reached.

18 An external label must appear on each cassette submitted or processing. The following information is needed:

(a) The transmitter's name.

(b) The five character Transmitter Control Code.

(c) The type of computer equipment that the data was prepared on.

(d) The type of drive utilized (e.g., PE or NRZ).

(e) Recording code (e.g., EBCDIC or ASCII).

(f) The tax year of the data (e.g., 1985).

(g) Document types (e.g., 1099 INT).

(h) The total number of payers (from the "F" record).

(i) The total number of payees (from the "C" record).

(j) The total number of cassettes in the file.

(k) A cassette number assigned by the transmitter.

(l) The sequence of each cassette (e.g., 001 of 008).

This information will assist IRS in processing the file or in locating a file, should the transmitter request that it be returned due to errors. IRS advises that special shipping containers not be used for transmitting data since it cannot be guaranteed that they will be returned.

SEC. 2. RECORD LENGTH

01 The cassette records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked or unblocked, subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 256 cassette positions.

(b) A record must be a minimum of 200 positions and a maximum of 256 positions. Due to this restriction, cassette filers may not participate in the Combined Federal/State Program; cassette filers may only report a maximum of six payment amounts for any single record; also, Forms 1099-A, 1099-B and W-2G cannot be filed on cassette.

(c) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9's. DO NOT PAD A BLOCK WITH BLANKS.

(d) All records except the Header and Trailer labels, may be blocked.

(e) Records may not span blocks.

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

01 Identifies the payer and transmitter of the cassette file and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a cassette will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. After the header label on the cassette, the first record appearing in the file must be an "A" Record. For cassette filing, the ACTUAL record lengths for the "A" and "B" Records must agree with whatever is entered in cassette positions 28-30 and 31-33 of the "A" Record. A transmitter may include Payee "B" records for more than one payer on a cassette; however, each GROUP of Payee "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record. A single cassette may also contan different types of returns, but the types of returns MUST not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each type of return being reported. An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" records; however, the initial record on a FILE must be an "A" Record. The IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record. For cassette files, do not begin any record at the end of a block and continue the same record into the next block.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title    Length   Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1    Record Type          1  REQUIRED. Enter "A"

 

 

    2    Payment Year         1  REQUIRED. Must be the right

 

                                 most digit of the year for

 

                                 which information is being

 

                                 reported. (e.g., if

 

                                 payments were made in 1985,

 

                                 enter "5"). Must be

 

                                 incremented each year.

 

 

  3-5    Cassette Sequence    3  REQUIRED. Sequence numbers

 

         Number                  of the cassette in the file

 

                                 starting with 001.

 

 

  6-14   Payer's Federal EIN  9  REQUIRED. Must be the VALID

 

                                 9-digit number assigned to

 

                                 the payer by the IRS. DO NOT

 

                                 ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                 CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL

 

                                 ZEROES.

 

 

  15-16  Blank                2  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

   17    Type of Return       1  REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

                                 code from table below:

 

 

                                 TYPE OF RETURN         CODE

 

                                 ______________         ____

 

 

                                 1098                     3

 

                                 1099-DIV                 1

 

                                 1099-G                   F

 

                                 1099-INT                 6

 

                                 1099-MISC                A

 

                                 1099-OID                 D

 

                                 1099-PATR                7

 

                                 1099-R                   9

 

                                 5498                     L

 

 

 NOTE: Forms 1099-A, 1099-B and W-2G cannot be filed on cassette due

 

 to the 256 calendar record restriction.

 

 

  18-23  Amount Indicators    6  REQUIRED. In most cases, the boxes or

 

                                 Amount Indicators on paper

 

                                 information returns correspond with

 

                                 the Amount Codes used to file on

 

                                 magnetic media; however, should you

 

                                 notice discrepancies, please

 

                                 disregard them and program according

 

                                 to this revenue procedure for your

 

                                 returns filed on magnetic media. The

 

                                 amount indicators entered for a

 

                                 given type of return indicate

 

                                 type(s) of payment(s) which were

 

                                 made. Example: If position 17 of the

 

                                 Payer/Transmitter "A" Record is "6"

 

                                 (for 1099-INT) and positions 18-23

 

                                 are "123bbbbbb," this indicates that

 

                                 3 payment amount fields are present

 

                                 in all of the following Payee "B"

 

                                 Records. The first payment amount

 

                                 field in the Payee "B" record will

 

                                 represents Earnings from savings and

 

                                 loan associations, credit unions,

 

                                 bank deposits, bearer certificates of

 

                                 deposit, etc., the second will

 

                                 represent Amount of forfeiture, and

 

                                 the third will represent Federal

 

                                 income tax withheld. Enter the Amount

 

                                 Indicators in ASCENDING SEQUENCE,

 

                                 left justify, filing unused positions

 

                                 with blanks. For any further

 

                                 clarification of the Amount Indicator

 

                                 codes, you may contact the service

 

                                 center or National Computer Center

 

                                 Magnetic Media Coordinators listed in

 

                                 Part A, Sec. 13.

 

 

 Amount Indicators Form       For Reporting Mortgage Interest Received

 

 1098--Mortgage Interest      from Payer(s) on Form 1098:

 

 Statement (New Form)

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code           Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Mortgage interest received from

 

                                 payer(s)

 

                           2     Optional field for items such as

 

                                 real estate taxes or insurance

 

                                 paid from escrow

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting a maximum of six Payments

 

         Form 1099-DIV--      on Form 1099-DIV:

 

         Dividends and

 

 

         Distributions

 

                         Amount          Amount Type

 

                          Code

 

 

                           1     Gross dividends and other

 

                                 distributions on stock

 

 

                           2     Dividends qualifying for

 

                                 exclusion

 

 

                           3     Dividends not qualifying

 

                                 for exclusion

 

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

                           5     Capital gain distributions

 

 

                           6     Nontaxable distributions

 

                                 (if determinable)

 

 

                           7     Foreign tax paid

 

 

                           8     Cash liquidation

 

                                 distributions

 

 

                           9     Non-cash liquidation

 

                                 distributions (Show fair

 

                                 market value)

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-G--Certain 1099-G:

 

         Government Payments

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Unemployment compensation

 

                           2     State or local income tax refunds

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Discharge of indebtedness

 

                           6     Taxable grants

 

                           7     Agriculture payments

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-INT--      1099-INT:

 

         Interest Income

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Earnings from savings and

 

                                 loan associations, credit

 

                                 unions, bank deposits,

 

                                 bearer certificates of

 

                                 deposits, etc.

 

 

                           2     Amount of forfeiture

 

 

                           3     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

                           4     Foreign tax paid (if

 

                                 eligible for foreign tax

 

                                 credit)

 

 

                           5     U.S. Savings Bonds, etc.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-MISC--     1099-MISC:

 

         Miscellaneous Income

 

         (See Notes 1, 2 and 3)

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code           Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Rents

 

                           2     Royalties

 

                           3     Prizes and awards

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Fishing boat proceeds

 

                           6     Medical and health care

 

                                 payments

 

                           7     Nonemployee compensation

 

                           8     Direct sales "INDICATOR" (see

 

                                 NOTE 1)

 

                           9     Substitute payments in lieu of

 

                                 dividends or interest (see NOTE 2)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Use Amount Code "8" to report DIRECT SALES of $5000 or more

 

 of consumer products on a buy-sell, deposit-commission, or other

 

 basis FOR RESALE. If NOT for resale, enter a "0" (zero) in tape

 

 position 4 of the Payee "B" Record. Please refer to the "B" Record

 

 Document Specific Code for clarification. The use of Amount Code "8"

 

 actually reflects an INDICATOR of DIRECT SALES and not an actual

 

 payment amount or amount code. The corresponding payment amount field

 

 in the Payee "B" record MUST be reflected  as 0000000100. This does

 

 not mean that a payment of $1.00 was made or is being reported. The

 

 use of Amount Code "8" relates directly to cassette position 4,

 

 Document Specific Code and Note 2 of the Payment Amount Field in the

 

 Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Brokers are subject to a new reporting requirement for

 

 payments received after 1984. Brokers who transfer securities of a

 

 customer for use in a short sale must use Amount Code 9 of Form

 

 1099-MISC to report the aggregate payments received in lieu of

 

 dividends of tax-exempt interest on behalf of a customer while the

 

 short sale was open. Generally, for substitute payments in lieu of

 

 dividends, a broker is required to file a Form 1099-MISC for each

 

 affected customer who is NOT an individual. Refer to the 1985

 

 "Instructions for Form 1099 Series, 1098, 5498, and 1096" for

 

 detailed information. (The instructions are available from local IRS

 

 offices.)

 

 

 NOTE 3: If you are reporting Excess Golden Parachute Payments, use

 

 paper forms 1099-MISC. Do not report Excess golden parachute

 

 Payments on magnetic media for tax year 1985. See Par A, Sec. 15 for

 

 a definition of an Excess Golden Parachute Payment.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-OID--      1099-OID:

 

         Original Issue

 

         Discount

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Total original issue document

 

                                 (ratable) for the tax year covered by

 

                                 the return

 

                           2     Stated interest (the regular interest

 

                                 paid on this obligtion without regard

 

                                 to any original issue discount)

 

                           3     Amount of forfeiture

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

         Amounts Indicators   For Reporting a maximum of six Payments

 

         Form 1099-PATR--     on Form 1099-PATR:

 

         Taxable Distributions

 

         Received From

 

         Cooperatives

 

 

                          Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Patronage dividends

 

                           2     Nonpatronage distributions

 

                           3     Per-unit retain allocations

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Redemption of nonqualified

 

                                 notices and retain

 

                                 allocations

 

                           6     Investment credit (See NOTE)

 

                           7     Energy investment credit (See NOTE)

 

                           8     Jobs credit (See NOTE)

 

 

 NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators "6", "7" and "8" must

 

 be reported to the payee; however, since these amounts are not

 

 taxable, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting a maximum of six Payments

 

         Form 1099-R--Total   on Form 1099-R:

 

         Distributions from

 

         Profit-Sharing,

 

         Retirement Plans,

 

         Individual Retirement

 

         Arrangements,

 

         Etc. (See NOTE)

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Amount includible as income

 

                                 (add amounts in codes 2 and 3)

 

                           2     Capital gain (for lump-sum

 

                                 distributions only)

 

                           3     Ordinary income

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Employee contributions to

 

                                 profit-sharing or

 

                                 retirement plans

 

                           6     IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 distributions

 

                           8     Net unrealized appreciation

 

                                 in employer's securities

 

                           9     Other

 

 

 NOTE: For tax year 1985 reporting, coding is not provided to report

 

 to IRS, on magnetic media, any state income tax withheld.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 5498--Indivi-   5498:

 

         dual Retirement

 

         Arrangement Information

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Regular IRA, SEP or DEC contributions

 

                                 made in calendar year 1985 for tax

 

                                 tax year 1984 reporting

 

 

                           2     Rollover IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 contributions

 

 

                           3     Regular IRA, SEP or DEC contributions

 

                                 made in calendar year 1985 and 1986

 

                                 for tax year 1985 reporting

 

 

                           4     Allocable life insurance cost

 

                                 included in code 3 for endowment

 

                                 contracts only

 

 

  24-27  Blank                4  REQUIRED. Enter blanks

 

 

  28-30  "A" Record Length    3  REQUIRED. Enter the number

 

                                 of positions used or that you have

 

                                 allowed for the "A" Record. For

 

                                 cassette filing, the actual record

 

                                 length MUST agree with whatever you

 

                                 enter in this field. The record must

 

                                 not exceed 256 characters.

 

 

  31-33  "B" Record Length    3  REQUIRED. Enter the number

 

                                 of positions used or that you have

 

                                 allowed for the "B" Record. For

 

                                 cassette filing, the actual record

 

                                 length MUST agree with whatever you

 

                                 enter in this field. The record must

 

                                 not exceed 256 characters.

 

 

   34    Blank                1  REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

  35-39  Transmitter Control  5  REQUIRED. Enter the 5 character

 

         Code (TCC)              Transmitter Control Code assigned by

 

                                 IRS. See Part A, Sec. 15 for a

 

                                 definition of Transmitter Control

 

                                 Code (TCC). You must have a TCC to

 

                                 file ACTUAL data on this program.

 

 

   40    Blank                1  REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

  41-80  First Payer Name    40  REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

                                 the payer in the manner in

 

                                 which it is used in normal

 

                                 business. Any extraneous

 

                                 information must be deleted

 

                                 from the name line. Left

 

                                 justify and fill with

 

                                 blanks.

 

 

 81-119  Second Payer Name   39  REQUIRED. The contents of

 

                                 this field are dependent

 

                                 upon the TRANSFER AGENT

 

                                 INDICATOR in position 120

 

                                 of this record. If the

 

                                 Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                 contains a "1", this field

 

                                 will contain the name of

 

                                 the Transfer Agent. If the

 

 

                                 Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                 contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                 field will contain either a

 

                                 continuation of the First

 

                                 Payer Name field or

 

                                 blanks. Left justify and

 

                                 fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks. IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                 PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD

 

                                 FILL WITH BLANKS. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                 15 for a definition of Transfer

 

                                 Agent.)

 

 

  120    Transfer Agent       1  REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

         Indicator               entity in the Second Payer

 

                                 Name field. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                 15 for a definition of Transfer

 

                                 Agent.)

 

 

                                 CODE    MEANING

 

 

                                 1       The entity in the

 

                                         Second Payer Name

 

                                         field is the

 

                                         Transfer Agent.

 

 

                                 0(Zero) The entity shown is NOT

 

                                         the Transfer Agent

 

                                         (i.e., the Second

 

                                         Payer Name field

 

                                         contains either a

 

                                         continuation of the

 

                                         First Payer Name

 

                                         field or blanks).

 

 

 121-160 Payer Shipping      40  REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

         Address                 AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

                                 120 is a "1" enter the

 

                                 shipping address of the

 

                                 Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                 enter the shipping address

 

                                 of the payer. Left justify

 

                                 and fill with blanks.

 

 

 161-200 Payer City, State   40  REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

         and Zip Code            AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

                                 120 is a "1" enter the

 

                                 city, state and Zip Code of

 

                                 the Transfer Agent.

 

                                 Otherwise, enter the city,

 

                                 state and zip code of the

 

                                 payer. Left justify and

 

                                 fill with blanks.

 

 

 201-256 Blank               56  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 4. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

01 The Payee "B" record contains the payment information from the individual statements. When filing information documents on cassette(s), the format for the Payee "B" Records will vary in relation to the number of payment amount fields being reported. The number of payment amount fields will depend upon the number of Payment Amount Indicator Codes used in positions 18-23 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. For example, if you are reporting 1099-INT, position 17 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record will be coded with a "6". If the Amount Indicators used to report this interest are Amount Codes "1," "2," and "3," then cassette positions 18-23 of the "A" record will be coded "123bbb" (b represents a BLANK position). To correspond with Amount indicators "1," "2," and "3" of the "A" Record, the "B" Record will contain three payment amount fields. Cassette positions 31-40 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "1" (earnings from savings and loan associations, credit unions, bank deposits, bearer certificates of deposits, etc.); cassette positions 41-50 of the "B" Record would contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "3" (Federal income tax withheld). The First Payee Name Line MUST begin immediately after the last payment amount THAT IS USED. In this example, the First Payee Name Line would begin in cassette position 61.

02 All records must be a fixed length. Records may not span blocks. A block may not exceed 256 positions. DO NOT PAD A BLOCK WITH BLANKS. If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s.

03 All payee records MUST CONTAIN CORRECT PAYEE NAME AND ADDRESS INFORMATION entered in the fields described in this section. Any records containing an invalid TIN (SSN or EIN) and having no address data present will be returned for correction.

04 IRS must be able to identify the surname associated with the (SSN or EIN) furnished on a statement. The specifications below include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four alphabetic characters of the payees surname or last name are to be entered by the payers. The surname or last name should appear first in the First Payee Name Line of all Payee "B" Records; however, if your records have been developed using the first name first, IRS programs will accept this but, a blank must appear between the first and last name.

05 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record should always appear first. If however, you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last name.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record must be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

                RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Cassette  Field Title      Length    Description

 

 Position                             and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1    Record Type          1  REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

   2-3   Payment Year         2  REQUIRED. Must be the last

 

                                 two digits of the year for

 

                                 which payments are being

 

                                 reported (e.g., if payments

 

                                 were made in 1985 enter

 

                                 "85"). Must be incremented

 

                                 each year.

 

 

    4    Document Specific    1  REQUIRED for Forms 1099-R,

 

         Code                    1099-MISC, and 1099-G

 

                                 For FORM 1099-R,

 

                                 enter the appropriate value

 

                                 for the Category of total

 

                                 IRA Distribution. For FORM

 

                                 1099-MISC, enter the

 

                                 appropriate value for

 

                                 Direct Sales. For FORM

 

                                 1099-G, enter the year of

 

                                 income tax refund.

 

                                 FOR ALL OTHER FORMS,

 

                                 ENTER BLANK.

 

 

         Category of Total       Use only for reporting on

 

         Distribution            FORM 1099-R to identify the

 

         (Form 1099-R only)      category of Total

 

                                 Distribution. Enter the

 

                                 applicable code from the

 

                                 table below. Code 7 below

 

                                 is NOT REQUIRED for Amount

 

                                 Indicators 1, 2 and 3. A "0" (zero is

 

                                 not a valid code for Form 1099-R.

 

 

                                 CATEGORY              CODE

 

 

                                 Premature distribution   1

 

                                  (other than

 

                                  codes 2,3,4, or 5)

 

                                 Rollover                 2

 

                                 Disability               3

 

                                 Death                    4

 

                                 Prohibited transaction   5

 

                                 Other                    6

 

                                 Normal IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 Distributions            7

 

                                 Excess contributions     8

 

                                  refunded plus earnings

 

                                  on such excess

 

                                  contributions

 

 

         Direct Sales            Use only for direct sales

 

         (Form 1099-MISC only)   reporting on FORM

 

                                 1099-MISC. If sales to the

 

                                 recipient of consumer products

 

                                 on a buy-sell,

 

                                 deposit-commission, or any

 

                                 other basis for resale,

 

                                 have amounted to $5,000 or

 

                                 more, ENTER "1". If not for resale,

 

                                 enter "0" (zero). If you are filing

 

                                 1099-MISC, with an Amount Indicator

 

                                 of "8" in the "A" Record, you must

 

                                 enter a code "1" or "0" in this

 

                                 field. In Part B, Sec. 4, information

 

                                 concerning the direct sales indicator

 

                                 can be found under Amount Indicators,

 

                                 Form 1099-MISC, NOTE 1.

 

 

         Refund is for Tax Year  Use only for reporting the tax

 

         (Form 1099-G only)      year for which the refund

 

                                 was issued. If the payment

 

                                 amount field associated

 

                                 with Amount Indicator 2,

 

                                 Income Tax Refunds,

 

                                 contains a refund, credit

 

                                 or offset that is

 

                                 attributable to an income

 

                                 tax which applies

 

                                 exclusively to income from

 

                                 a trade or business and is

 

                                 not of general application,

 

                                 then enter the ALPHA

 

                                 equivalent of the year of

 

                                 refund from the table

 

                                 below. Otherwise, enter the

 

                                 NUMERIC Year for which the Refund

 

                                 was issued.

 

 

                              Year for which       Alpha

 

                                refund was       Equivalent

 

                                 issued

 

                                   1                 A

 

 

                                   2                 B

 

                                   3                 C

 

                                   4                 D

 

                                   5                 E

 

                                   6                 F

 

                                   7                 G

 

                                   8                 H

 

                                   9                 I

 

                                   0                 J

 

 

   5-6   Blank                2  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

                                 (Reserved for IRS

 

                                 use). Cassette position 4 is used to

 

                                 indicate a corrected return. Refer to

 

                                 Part A, Sec. 10 for specific

 

                                 instructions on how to file corrected

 

                                 returns using either magnetic media

 

                                 or paper forms.

 

 

  7-10   Name Control         4  REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                 letters of the surname of

 

                                 the payee. Surnames of less

 

                                 than four (4) letters

 

                                 should be left justified,

 

                                 filling the unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

                                 Special characters and

 

                                 imbedded blanks should be

 

                                 removed. IF THE NAME

 

                                 CONTROL IS NOT DETERMINABLE

 

                                 BY THE PAYER, LEAVE THIS

 

                                 FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or ampersand

 

                                 (&) are the only acceptable special

 

                                 characters.

 

 

   11    Type of TIN          1  REQUIRED. This field is

 

                                 used to identify the

 

                                 Taxpayer Identification

 

                                 Number (TIN) in positions

 

                                 12-20 as either an Employer

 

                                 Identification Number, a

 

                                 Social Security Number, or

 

                                 the reason no number is

 

                                 shown. Enter the

 

                                 appropriate code from the

 

                                 table below:

 

 

                                 Type of         Type of

 

                                   TIN   TIN     Account

 

 

                                   1     EIN  A business or

 

                                              an

 

                                              organization

 

                                   2     SSN  An individual

 

                                   9     SSN  The payee is a

 

                                              foreign

 

                                              individual and

 

                                              not a U.S.

 

                                              resident

 

                                 blank   N/A  A Taxpayer

 

                                              Identification

 

                                              Number is

 

                                              required but

 

                                              unobtainable

 

                                              due to

 

                                              legitimate

 

                                              cause, e.g.,

 

                                              number applied

 

                                              for but not

 

                                              received.

 

 

  12-20  Taxpayer             9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

         Identification          9-digit Taxpayer

 

         Number                  Identification Number of

 

                                 the payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                 appropriate). Where an

 

                                 identification number has

 

                                 been applied for but not

 

                                 received or where there is

 

                                 any other legitimate cause

 

                                 for not having an

 

                                 identification number,

 

                                 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

                                 DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                 CHARACTERS, ALL 9's OR ALL

 

                                 ZEROS. Any record containing an

 

                                 invalid identification number in this

 

                                 field will be returned for

 

                                 correction.

 

 

  21-30  Payers' Account     10  REQUIRED. Payer may use

 

         Number for Payee        this field to enter the

 

                                 payee's account number. The

 

                                 use of this item will

 

                                 facilitate easy reference

 

                                 to specific records in the

 

                                 payer's file should any

 

                                 questions arise. DO NOT

 

                                 ENTER A TAXPAYER

 

 

                                 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN

 

                                 THIS FIELD. An account number can be

 

                                 any account number assigned by the

 

                                 payer to the payee (i.e., checking

 

                                 account, savings account, etc.). THIS

 

                                 NUMBER WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                 INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT WITH YOU

 

                                 AND THE SPECIFIC TRANSACTION MADE

 

                                 WITH THE ORGANIZATION, SHOULD

 

                                 MULTIPLE RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                 information will be particularly

 

                                 necessary if you need to file a

 

                                 corrected return. You are strongly

 

                                 encouraged to use this field. You may

 

                                 use any number that will help

 

                                 identify the particular transaction

 

                                 that you are reporting.

 

 

         Payment Amount          The number of payment amounts is

 

         Fields                  dependent upon and must agree with

 

                                 the number of Amount Indicators

 

                                 present in positions 18-23 of the "A"

 

                                 Record. For cassette filers, a

 

                                 maximum of six payment amounts may be

 

                                 present. THE FIRST PAYEE NAME LINE

 

                                 MUST APPEAR IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE

 

                                 LAST PAYMENT AMOUNT INDICATED AS

 

                                 BEING USED. For example, if you are

 

                                 reporting 1099-INT and you used only

 

                                 Amount Indicator "3" in the

 

                                 Payer/Transmitter "A" Record, then

 

                                 you will only use one ten position

 

                                 payment amount in the Payee "B"

 

                                 Record, right justified, and the

 

                                 First Payee Name Line will begin in

 

                                 position 41. Each payment field that

 

                                 you allow for, or use, must contain

 

                                 10 numeric characters (see following

 

                                 NOTE). Do not provide a

 

                                 payment amount field when

 

                                 the corresponding Amount

 

                                 Indicator in the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record is

 

                                 blank. Each payment amount

 

                                 must be entered in dollars

 

                                 and cents. Do not enter

 

                                 dollar signs, commas,

 

                                 decimal points, or NEGATIVE

 

                                 PAYMENTS (except those

 

                                 items that reflect a loss

 

                                 on Form 1099-B and must be

 

                                 negative overpunched in the

 

                                 units position). Example:

 

                                 If the Amount Indicators

 

                                 are reflected as

 

                                 "123bbb", the Payee "B"

 

                                 Records must have only 3

 

                                 payment amount fields. If

 

                                 Amount Indicators are

 

                                 reflected as "12367b",

 

                                 the "B" Records must have

 

                                 only 5 payment amount

 

                                 fields.  Payment amounts

 

                                 MUST be right-justified and

 

                                 unused positions MUST be

 

                                 zero-filled.

 

 

                                 NOTE 1: If any one payment

 

                                 amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                 (dollars and cents), as

 

                                 many SEPARATE Payee "B"

 

                                 Records as necessary to

 

                                 contain the total amount

 

                                 MUST be submitted for the

 

                                 Payee.

 

 

                                 NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC and use

 

                                 Amount Code "8" in the Amount

 

                                 Indicator field of the

 

                                 Payer/Transmitter "A" Record, you

 

                                 must enter 0000000100 in the

 

                                 corresponding Payment Amount Field.

 

                                 This will not represent an actual

 

                                 money amount; this is an amount CODE.

 

                                 (Refer to Part B, Sec. 3, NOTE 1, of

 

                                 the Amount Indicators, Form

 

                                 1099-MISC, for clarification.)

 

 

 31-40  Payment Amount 1    10   REQUIRED. This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in

 

                                 position 18 of the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                                 THIS AMOUNT MUST ALWAYS BE

 

                                 PRESENT.

 

 

         Determine at this point the number of payment fields to be

 

         reported within the Payee "B" Record. This can be determined

 

         from the number of Amount Indicators appearing in positions

 

         18-23 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  41-50  Payment Amount 2    10  This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in

 

                                 position 19 of the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record. If

 

                                 position 19 is blank, do

 

                                 not provide for this

 

                                 payment amount.

 

 

  51-60  Payment Amount 3    10  This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in

 

                                 position 20 of the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record. If

 

                                 position 20 is blank, do

 

                                 not provide for this

 

                                 payment amount.

 

 

  61-70  Payment Amount 4    10  This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in

 

                                 position 21 of the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record. If

 

                                 position 21 is blank, do

 

                                 not provide for this

 

                                 payment amount.

 

 

  71-80  Payment Amount 5    10  This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in

 

                                 position 22 of the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record. If

 

                                 position 22 is blank, do

 

                                 not provide for this

 

                                 payment amount.

 

 

  81-90  Payment Amount 6    10  This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in

 

                                 position 23 of the Payer/

 

                                 Transmitter "A" Record. If

 

                                 position 23 is blank, do

 

                                 not provide for this

 

                                 payment amount.

 

 

 THE NEXT 160 POSITIONS MUST BEGIN IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE

 

 LAST PAYMENT AMOUNT FIELD INDICATED AS BEING USED. THE NUMBER OF

 

 PAYMENT AMOUNT FIELDS IS DETERMINED BY THE NUMBER OF AMOUNT

 

 INDICATORS IN  POSITIONS 18-23 OF THE PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD.

 

 (See Part B, Sec. 4.01 for an example.)

 

 

         First Payee Name    40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Line                    must appear after the last payment

 

                                 amount indicated as being USED. Do

 

                                 not enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                                 field. If you use all payment

 

                                 amounts, the first Payee Name Line

 

                                 will begin in tape position 121.

 

                                 Enter the name of

 

                                 the payee whose taxpayer

 

                                 identification number

 

                                 appears in positions 12-20

 

                                 above. If fewer than 40

 

                                 characters are required,

 

                                 left justify and fill

 

                                 unused positions with

 

                                 blanks. If more space is

 

                                 required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                                 Second Payee Name Line

 

                                 field below. If there are

 

                                 multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                                 NAME of the payee whose

 

                                 taxpayer identification

 

                                 number has been provided

 

                                 should be entered in this

 

                                 field. The names of the

 

                                 other payees should be

 

                                 entered in the Second Payee

 

                                 Name Line field.

 

 

         Second Payee Name   40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Line                    requires more space than is

 

 

                                 available in the First

 

                                 Payee Name Line, enter the

 

                                 remaining portion of the

 

                                 name ONLY in this field. If

 

                                 there are multiple payees,

 

                                 this field may be used for

 

                                 those payees' NAMES who are

 

                                 not associated with the

 

                                 taxpayer identification

 

                                 number in positions 12-20 above. Do

 

                                 not enter address information in this

 

                                 field. Left justify and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                 WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES

 

                                 ARE PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

         Payee Mailing       40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address                 address of payee. Left

 

                                 justify and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

                                 Address MUST be present.

 

                                 This field MUST NOT contain

 

                                 any data other than the

 

                                 payee's mailing address.

 

 

         Payee City          29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                                 justified and fill the unused

 

                                 positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                                 state and ZIP Code information in

 

                                 this field. (If the payee lives

 

                                 outside of the United States, include

 

                                 their current mailing address and

 

                                 spell out the name of the country if

 

                                 possible.)

 

 

         Payee State          2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                                 the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service abbreviations for

 

                                 states as shown in Part A, Sec. 16.

 

                                 Use this field for state information

 

                                 only.

 

 

         Payee ZIP Code       9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                                 Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                                 Service. If only the first 5 digits

 

                                 are known, left justify and fill the

 

                                 unused positions with blanks. Use

 

                                 this field for the ZIP Code only.

 

 

 THE FOLLOWING FIELD DEFINITIONS DESCRIBE PAYEE "B" RECORD POSITIONS

 

 FOLLOWING PAYEE CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE FOR FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV,

 

 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498.

 

 FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B AND FORM W-2G CANNOT BE FILED ON CASSETTE.

 

 

       NEXT FIELD AFTER PAYEE CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE

 

 

  (-250) Special Data Entries    REQUIRED. This portion of

 

                                 the Payee "B" Record may be

 

                                 used to record information

 

                                 for the payer. The

 

                                 Special Data Entries will

 

                                 begin in positions 201,

 

                                 211, 221, 231, or 241 depending

 

                                 on the number of payment

 

                                 amounts used in the

 

                                 record. Special Data

 

                                 Entries may be used to make

 

                                 all records the same

 

                                 length; however, the "B" Record

 

                                 may not exceed 256

 

                                 positions. If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

      NEXT FIELD AFTER PAYEE CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE:

 

 

 251-256 Blank                6  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 5. END OF PAYEE "C" RECORD

01 The Control Total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions. Adjust your programs accordingly.

02 The End of Payer "C" Record is a summary record for a Type of Return for a given payer. It MUST be the same length as the "B" Records in the payer's file.

03 The "C" Record will contain the totals of the payment amount fields and the payees filed by a given payer. The "C" Record must be written after the last payee record for each Type of Return for a given payer. For each "A" Record on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

04 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record and must enter the totals on the transmittal, Form 4804, which will accompany the shipment.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title   Length     Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1    Record Type          1  REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 

   2-7   Number of Payees     6  REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                 number of payees ("B"

 

                                 Records) covered by the

 

                                 preceding Payer/Transmitter

 

                                 "A" Record. Right justify

 

                                 and zero fill.

 

 

   8-22  Control Total 1     15  REQUIRED. All Control Total fields

 

                                 have been expanded from 12 to 15

 

                                 positions. Enter accumulated

 

                                 totals from payment Amount

 

                                 1. Right justify and zero

 

                                 fill. IF LESS THAN NINE

 

                                 AMOUNT FIELDS ARE BEING

 

                                 REPORTED, ZERO FILL UNUSED

 

                                 CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS.

 

 

 Control Total 2 through Control Total 6 are OPTIONAL. If

 

 any corresponding Payment Amount Fields are present in the

 

 Payee "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control

 

 Total field. ZERO FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS. Please note that

 

 all Control Total Fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions.

 

 

   23-37 Control Total 2     15

 

   38-52 Control Total 3     15

 

   53-67 Control Total 4     15

 

   68-82 Control Total 5     15

 

   83-97 Control Total 6     15

 

 

  98-256 Blank              159  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 6. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

01 The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers and tapes in the entire file.

02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record.

03 Only a Tape Mark or a Tape Mark and Trailer Label may follow the "F" Record.

         RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title    Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1    Record Type          1  REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 

   2-5   Number of Payers     4  Enter total number of payers for

 

                                 this transmission. Right justify

 

                                 and zero fill.

 

 

   6-8   Number of Reels      3  Enter total number of reels in

 

                                 transmission. Right justify and zero

 

                                 fill.

 

 

   9-30  Zero                22  REQUIRED. Enter zeros.

 

 

  31-256 Blank              226  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

PART C. BURROUGHS SUPER MINI-DISK SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure prescribe the required format and contents of the records to be included in the Burroughs Super Mini-Disk (BSMD) file. These specifications must be adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by the Service in writing.

02 The Service has a Burroughs B-94 mini-computer with 2 mini-disk drives: a Burroughs Super Mini-Disk, style B 9489-11 and a Burroughs Super Mini-Disk II, style B 9489-21.

03 It is our understanding that most Burroughs B-90 series mini-computers will produce a mini-disk that will be compatible with our system. However, until this is absolutely determined, we request that a test mini-disk be provided so that we may check for compatibilty.

04 To be compatible a mini-disk must meet the folowing specifications in total:

(a) The Burroughs Super Mini-Disk is a flexible mylar disk with an iron oxide coating. The disk is 8 inches (20.3 cm) in diameter with a 1.5 inch (3.8 cm) center hole.

(b) There are 32 Sector Markers (holes) in the disk at a distance of 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) from the center. These markers define the 32 sectors in which data can be recorded on each track of the disk.

(c) Recorded data is encoded using the Miller Frequency Mode (MFM) technique. Data transferred between the disk and the processor is encoded using the non return to zero (NRZ) technique.

(d) Bit serial data is written to the disk in the Burroughs standard 180 bytes per sector format.

(e) Number of usable sides is 2.

(f) Tracks per side is 88.

(g) Sectors per tracK is 32.

(h) Maximum recording density is 4774 bits per inch.

(i) When initializing the mini-disk, the name IRSTAX should be assigned to the mini-disk.

(j) The file name in the super minidisk header label should be FED-MINI.

05 Payers who can substantially conform to these specifications, but who require some minor deviations, MUST contact the Magnetic Media Coordinator at the National Computer Center or the service centers. Under no circumstances may mini-disks deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure be submitted without prior written approval from IRS. If you file under the Combined Federal/State Program, your files must conform totally to this revenue procedure.

06 An external label must appear on each mini-disk submitted for processing. The following information is needed:

(a) The transmitter's name.

(b) The five character Transmitter Control Code.

(c) The type of computer equipment that the data was prepared on.

(d) The type of drive utilized.

(e) The tax year of the data (e.g., 1985).

(f) Document types (e.g., 1099 INT).

(g) The total number of payers (from the "F" record).

(h) The total number of payees (from the "C" record).

(i) The total number of mini-disks in the file.

(j) A mini-disk number assigned by the transmitter.

(k) The sequence of each mini-disk (e.g., 001 of 008).

This information will assist IRS in processing the file or in locating a file, should the transmitter request that it be returned due to errors. IRS advises that special shipping containers not be used for transmitting data since it cannot be guaranteed that they will be returned.

SEC. 2. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

01 Identifies the payer and transmitter of the mini-disk and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a mini-disk will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. After the header label on the mini-disk, the first record appearing in the file must be an "A" Record. For mini-disk filing, the ACTUAL record lengths for the "A" and "B" Records must agree with whatever is entered in mini-disk positions 29-31 and 32-34 of the "A" Record. A transmitter may include Payee "B" records for more than one payer on a mini-disk; however, each GROUP of Payee "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record. A single mini-disk may also contain different types of returns, but the types of returns MUST not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each type of return being reported. The initial record on a FILE must be an "A" Record.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title    Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Sector 1

 

 

    1    Record Sequence      1  REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It

 

                                 is used to sequence the

 

                                 sectors making up a Service

 

                                 Record.

 

 

    2    Record Type          1  REQUIRED. Enter "A". Must

 

                                 be the second position of

 

                                 each PAYER/TRANSMITTER

 

                                 Record.

 

 

    3    Payment Year         1  REQUIRED. Must be the right

 

                                 most digit of the year for

 

                                 which information is being

 

                                 reported. (e.g., if

 

                                 payments were made in 1985,

 

                                 enter "5"). Must be

 

                                 incremented each year.

 

 

  4-6    Mini-Disk Sequence   3  REQUIRED. Sequence number

 

         Number                  assigned by the Transmitter

 

                                 to each mini-disk starting

 

                                 with 001.

 

 

  7-15   Payer's Federal EIN  9  REQUIRED. Must be the VALID

 

                                 9-digit number assigned to

 

                                 the payer by the IRS. DO NOT

 

                                 ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                 CHARACTERS, ALL 9's OR ALL

 

                                 ZEROES.

 

 

   16    Blank                1  REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

   17    Combined Federal/    1  REQUIRED. Enter the

 

         State Filer             appropriate code from the

 

                                 table below. PRIOR APPROVAL

 

                                 is required. A Consent Form 6847 MUST

 

                                 be submitted to IRS before tax

 

                                 information will be released to the

 

                                 states. Refer to Part A, Sec. 14.11

 

                                 for money criteria. Not all states

 

                                 participate in this Program. If the

 

                                 Payer/Transmitter is not

 

                                 participating in the Combined

 

                                 Federal/State Program, enter blanks.

 

                                 (Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for the

 

                                 requirements that MUST be met PRIOR

 

                                 to actual participatin this this

 

                                 program.) Forms 1098, 1099-A,

 

                                 1099-B and W-2G cannot be filed on

 

                                 this Program.

 

 

                                 CODE   MEANING

 

                                 ____   _______

 

 

                                 1      Participating in the

 

                                        Combined Federal/

 

                                        State Filing Program

 

 

                                 blank  Not participating.

 

 

   18    Type of Return       1  REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

                                 code from table below:

 

 

                                 TYPE OF RETURN         CODE

 

                                 ______________         ____

 

 

                                 1098                     3

 

                                 1099-A                   4

 

                                 1099-B                   B

 

                                 1099-DIV                 1

 

                                 1099-G                   F

 

                                 1099-INT                 6

 

                                 1099-MISC                A

 

                                 1099-OID                 D

 

                                 1099-PATR                7

 

                                 1099-R                   9

 

                                 5498                     L

 

                                 W-2G                     W

 

 

  19-27  Amount Indicators    9  REQUIRED. In most cases, the boxes or

 

                                 Amount Indicators on paper

 

                                 information returns correspond with

 

                                 the Amount Codes used to file on

 

                                 magnetic media; however, should you

 

                                 notice discrepancies, please

 

                                 disregard them and program according

 

                                 to this revenue procedure for your

 

                                 returns filed on magnetic media. The

 

                                 amount  indicators entered for a

 

                                 given type of return  indicate

 

                                 type(s) of payment(s) which were

 

                                 made. Example: If position

 

 

                                 18 of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                 "A" Record is "6" (for

 

                                 1099-INT) and positions

 

                                 19-27 are "123bbbbbb",

 

                                 this indicates that 3

 

                                 payment amount fields are

 

                                 present in all of the

 

                                 following Payee "B"

 

                                 Records. The first payment amount

 

                                 field in the Payee "B" Record will

 

                                 represent Earnings from

 

                                 savings and loan

 

                                 associations, credit

 

                                 unions, bank deposits,

 

                                 bearer certificates of

 

                                 deposit, etc., the second will

 

                                 represent Amount of

 

                                 forfeiture, and the third will

 

                                 represents Federal income

 

                                 tax withheld. Enter the

 

                                 Amount Indicators in

 

                                 ASCENDING SEQUENCE, left

 

                                 justify, filling unused

 

                                 positions with blanks. For any

 

                                 further clarification of the Amount

 

                                 Indicator codes, you may

 

                                 contact the service center or

 

                                 National Computer Center Magnetic

 

                                 Media Coordinators listed in Part A,

 

                                 Sec. 13.

 

 

         Amount Indicators Form    For Reporting Mortgage Received from

 

         1098--Mortgage Interest   Payer(s) on Form 1098:

 

         Statement (New Form)

 

 

                         Amount        Amount Type

 

                          Code

 

 

                            1   Mortgage interest received from

 

                                payer(s) (see NOTE)

 

 

                            2   Mortgage interest credit

 

 

                            3   Optional field for items such as real

 

                                estate taxes or insurance paid from

 

                                escrow

 

 

         Amount Indicators       For Reporting the Acquisition or

 

         Form 1099-A--           Abandonment of Secured Property on

 

         Acquisition or          Form 1099-A:

 

         Abandonment of

 

         Secured Property        Amount

 

         (New Form)               Code           Amount Type

 

 

                                   2    Amount of debt outstanding

 

                                   3    Amount of debt satisfied

 

                                   4    Fair market value of property

 

                                        at acquisition or abandonment

 

 

         Amount Indicators       For Reporting Payments on

 

         Form 1099-B--Proceeds   Form 1099-B:

 

         from Broker and Barter

 

         Exchange Transactions

 

 

                          Amount        Amount Type

 

                           Code

 

 

                             2   Stocks, bonds, etc. (For

 

                                 Forward Contracts see NOTE

 

                                 below.)

 

 

                             3   Bartering

 

 

                             4   Federal income tax withheld

 

 

                             6   Profit or loss realized

 

                                 in 1985

 

 

                             7   Unrealized profit (or loss)

 

                                 on open contracts--12/31/84

 

 

                             8   Unrealized profit (or loss)

 

                                 on open contracts 12/31/85

 

 

                             9   Aggregate profit (or loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2

 

 may be used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward

 

 Contracts. Refer to Payee "B" Record-General Field Descriptions,

 

 Payment Amount Fields, for instructions in reporting negative

 

 amounts.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-DIV--      1099-DIV:

 

         Dividends and

 

         Distributions

 

 

                         Amount          Amount Type

 

                          Code

 

 

                           1     Gross dividends and other

 

                                 distributions on stock

 

 

                           2     Dividends qualifying for

 

                                 exclusion

 

 

                           3     Dividends not qualifying

 

                                 for exclusion

 

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

                           5     Capital gain distributions

 

 

                           6     Nontaxable distributions

 

                                 (if determinable)

 

 

                           7     Foreign tax paid

 

 

                           8     Cash liquidation

 

                                 distributions

 

 

                           9     Noncash liquidation

 

                                 distributions (Show fair

 

                                 market value)

 

 

         Amount Indicators        For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-G--Certain     1099-G:

 

         Government Payments

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Unemployment compensation

 

                           2     State or local income tax refunds

 

                                 (see NOTE)

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Discharge of indebtedness

 

                           6     Taxable grants

 

                           7     Agriculture payments

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-INT--      1099-INT:

 

         Interest Income

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Earnings from savings and

 

                                 loan associations, credit

 

                                 unions, bank deposits,

 

                                 bearer certificates of

 

                                 deposits, etc.

 

 

                           2     Amount of forfeiture

 

 

                           3     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

                           4     Foreign tax paid (if

 

                                 eligible for foreign tax

 

                                 credit)

 

 

                           5     U.S. Savings Bonds, etc.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-MISC--     1099-MISC:

 

         Miscellaneous

 

         Income (see Notes

 

         1, 2 and 3)

 

 

                          Amount

 

                          Code           Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Rents

 

                           2     Royalties

 

                           3     Prizes and awards

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Fishing boat proceeds

 

                           6     Medical and health care

 

                                 payments

 

                           7     Nonemployee compensation

 

                           8     Direct sales "INDICATOR" (see

 

                                 NOTE 1)

 

                           9     Substitute payments in lieu of

 

                                 dividends or interest (see NOTE 2)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Use Amount Code "8" to report DIRECT SALES of $5000 or more

 

 of consumer products on a buy-sell, deposit-commission, or other

 

 basis FOR RESALE. If NOT for resale, enter a "0" (zero) in mini-disk

 

 position 4 of the Payee "B" Record. Please refer to the "B" Record

 

 Document Specific Code for clarification. The use of Amount Code "8"

 

 actually reflects an INDICATOR OF DIRECT SALES and not an actual

 

 payment amount or amount code. The corresponding payment amount field

 

 in the Payee "B" record MUST be reflected as 0000000100. This does

 

 not mean that a payment of $1.00 was made or is being reported. The

 

 use of Amount Code "8" relates directly to mini-disk position 5,

 

 Document Specific Code and Note 2 of the Payment Amount Field in the

 

 Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Brokers are subject to a new reporting requirement for

 

 payments received after 1984. Brokers who transfer securities of a

 

 

 customer for use in a short sale must use Amount Code 9 of Form

 

 1099-MISC to report the aggregate payments received in lieu of

 

 dividends or tax-exempt interest on behalf of a customer while the

 

 short sale was open. Generally, for substitute payments in lieu of

 

 dividends, a broker is required to file a Form 1099-MISC for each

 

 affected customer who is NOT an individual. Refer to the 1985

 

 "Instructions for Form 1099 Series, 1098, 5498, and 1096" for

 

 detailed information. (The instructions are available from local IRS

 

 offices.)

 

 

 NOTE 3: If you are reporting Excess Golden Parachute Payments, use

 

 paper forms 1099-MISC. Do not report Excess golden parachute Payments

 

 on magnetic media for tax year 1985. See Part A, Sec. 15 for a

 

 definition of an Excess Golden Parachute Payment.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-OID--      1099-OID:

 

         Original Issue

 

         Discount

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Total original issue document

 

                                 (ratable) for the tax year covered by

 

                                 the return

 

                           2     Stated interest (the regular interest

 

                                 paid on this obligation without

 

                                 regard to any original issue

 

                                 discount)

 

                           3     Amount of forfeiture

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

         Amounts Indicators   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 1099-PATR--     1099-PATR:

 

         Taxable

 

         Distributions

 

         Received from

 

         Cooperatives

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Patronage dividends

 

                           2     Nonpatronage distributions

 

                           3     Per-unit retain allocations

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Redemption of nonqualified

 

                                 notices and retain

 

                                 allocations

 

                           6     Investment credit (see NOTE)

 

                           7     Energy investment credit (see NOTE)

 

                           8     Jobs credit (see NOTE)

 

 

  NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators "6", "7" and "8" must

 

  be reported to the payee; however, since these amounts are not

 

  taxable, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

        Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

        Form 1099-R--        1099-R:

 

        Total Distributions

 

        from Profit-Sharing,

 

        Retirement Plans,

 

        Individual Retirement

 

        Arrangements, Etc.

 

        (see NOTE)

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Amount includable as income

 

                                 (add amounts in codes 2 and 3)

 

                           2     Capital gain (for lump-sum

 

                                 distributions only)

 

                           3     Ordinary income

 

                           4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           5     Employee contributions to

 

                                 profit-sharing or

 

                                 retirement plans

 

                           6     IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 distributions

 

                           8     Net unrealized appreciation

 

                                 in employer's securities

 

                           9     Other

 

 

  NOTE: For tax year 1985 reporting, coding is not provided to report

 

  to IRS, on magnetic media, any state income tax withheld.

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form 5498--          5498:

 

         Individual

 

         Retirement

 

         Arrangment Information

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Regular IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 contributions made in calendar year

 

                                 1985 for tax year 1984 reporting

 

 

                           2     Rollover IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 contributions

 

                           3     Regular IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                 contributions made in calendar year

 

                                 1985 and 1986 for tax year 1985

 

                                 reporting

 

                           4     Allocable life insurance cost

 

                                 included in code 3 for endowment

 

                                 contracts only

 

 

         Amount Indicators    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

         Form W-2G--Certain   W-2G

 

         Gambling Winnings

 

 

                         Amount

 

                          Code            Amount Type

 

 

                           1     Gross winnings

 

                           2     Federal income tax withheld

 

                           7     Winnings from identical

 

                                 wagers

 

 

   28    Blank                1  REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

  29-31  "A" Record Length    3  REQUIRED. This indicates the Record

 

                                 Length, NOT the Sector Length. Enter

 

                                 the number of positions used or that

 

                                 you have allowed for the "A" Record.

 

                                 For mini-disk filing, the "actual"

 

                                 record length MUST agree with

 

                                 whatever you enter in this field.

 

 

  32-34  "B" Record Length    3  REQUIRED. This indicates the Record

 

                                 Length, NOT the Sector Length. Enter

 

                                 the number of positions used or that

 

                                 you have allowed for the "B" Record.

 

                                 For mini-disk filing, the "actual"

 

                                 record length MUST agree with

 

                                 whatever you enter in this field.

 

 

   35    Blank                1  REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

  36-40  Transmitter Control  5  REQUIRED. Enter the 5 character

 

         Code (TCC)              Transmitter Control Code assigned by

 

                                 IRS. See Part A, Sec. 15 for a

 

                                 definition of Transmittal Control

 

                                 Code (TCC). You must have a TCC to

 

                                 file ACTUAL data on this program.

 

 

   41    Blank                1  REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

  42-81  First Payer Name    40  REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

                                 the payer in the manner in

 

                                 which it is used in normal

 

                                 business. Any extraneous

 

                                 information must be deleted

 

                                 from the name line. Left

 

                                 justify and fill with blanks.

 

 

 82-120  Second Payer Name   39  REQUIRED. The contents of

 

                                 this field are dependent

 

                                 upon the TRANSFER AGENT

 

                                 INDICATOR in position 121

 

                                 of this record. If the

 

                                 Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                 contains a "1", this Field

 

                                 will contain the name of

 

                                 the Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                 Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                 contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                 field will contain either a

 

                                 continuation of the First

 

                                 Payer Name field or

 

                                 blanks. Left justify and

 

                                 fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks. IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                 PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD

 

                                 FILL WITH BLANKS (see Part A,

 

                                 Sec. 15 for a definition of

 

                                 Transfer Agent.)

 

 

  121    Transfer Agent       1  REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

         Indicator               entity in the Second Payer

 

                                 Name field (see Part A, Sec. 15

 

                                 for a definition of Transfer

 

                                 Agent.)

 

 

                                 CODE    MEANING

 

 

                                 1       The entity in the

 

                                         Second Payer Name

 

                                         field is the

 

                                         Transfer Agent.

 

 

                                 0(Zero) The entity shown is

 

                                         NOT the Transfer

 

 

                                         Agent (i.e., the

 

                                         Second Payer Name

 

                                         field contains

 

                                         either a

 

                                         continuation of the

 

                                         First Payer Name

 

                                         field or blanks).

 

 

 122-180 Blank               59  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

     1 Record sequence        1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2".

 

                                 Use to sequence the sectors

 

                                 making up a Service Record.

 

 

     2 Record Type            1  REQUIRED. Enter "A". Must

 

                                 be the second position of

 

                                 each PAYER/TRANSMITTER

 

                                 Record.

 

 

   3-42  Payer Shipping      40  REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

         Address                 AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

                                 121 of Sector 1 is a "1"

 

                                 enter the shipping address

 

                                 of the Transfer Agent.

 

                                 Otherwise, enter the

 

                                 shipping address of the

 

                                 payer. Left justify and

 

                                 fill with blanks.

 

 

  43-82  Payer City, State   40  REQUIRED. If the Transfer

 

         and ZIP Code            Agent Indicator in position

 

                                 121 of Sector 1 is a "1"

 

                                 enter the city, state and

 

                                 Zip Code of the Transfer

 

                                 Agent.  Otherwise, enter

 

                                 the city, state and ZIP

 

                                 Code of the payer. Left

 

                                 justify and fill with

 

                                 blanks.

 

 

  83-180  Blank              98  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 ADDITIONALLY, IF THE PAYER AND THE TRANSMITTER ARE THE

 

 SAME, THE "A" RECORD MAY BE TERMINATED WITH SECTOR 2 AS

 

 DESCRIBED ABOVE. HOWEVER, IF THE PAYER AND THE TRANSMITTER

 

 ARE NOT THE SAME OR THE TRANSMITTER INCLUDES FILES FOR MORE

 

 THAN ONE PAYER OR THIS IS A COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING

 

 PAYER, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE REQUIRED.

 

 

  83-122  First Name Line

 

          of Transmitter     40  REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

                                 the transmitter in the

 

                                 manner in which it is used

 

                                 in normal business. The

 

                                 name of the transmitter

 

                                 MUST be constant through

 

                                 the entire file. Left

 

                                 justify and fill with

 

                                 blanks.

 

 

  123-180  Blank             58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

     1     Record sequence     1 REQUIRED. Must a "3". Used

 

                                 to sequence the sectors

 

                                 making up a Service Record.

 

 

     2     Record Type         1 REQUIRED. Enter "A". Must

 

                                 be the second position of

 

                                 each PAYER/TRANSMITTER

 

                                 Record.

 

 

    3-42   Second Name Line   40 REQUIRED. Enter the second

 

           of Transmitter        name line of the

 

                                 transmitter. Left justify

 

                                 and fill with blanks. IF NO

 

                                 ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR

 

                                 THIS FIELD FILL WITH

 

                                 BLANKS.

 

 

   43-82   Transmitter        40 REQUIRED. Enter the

 

           Mailing Address       mailing address of the

 

                                 transmitter. Left justify

 

                                 and fill with blanks.

 

 

   83-122  Transmitter City,  40 REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

           State and ZIP         state, and ZIP Code of the

 

           Code                  transmitter. Left justify

 

                                 and fill with blanks.

 

 

  123-180  Blank              58 REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 4. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns. For detailed description of the record refer to the following:

(a) Sec. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099- PATR, 1099-R and 5498.

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099-A.

(c) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W-2G

(D) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W-2G.

02 The Payee "B" Record contains the payment record from the individual statements. When filing information documents on mini-disk(s), the format for the Payee "B" Records will vary in relation to the number of payment amount fields being reported. The number of payment fields will depend upon the number of Payment Amount Indicator Codes used in positions 19-27 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. For example, if you are reporting 1099-INT, position 18 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record will be coded with a "6." If the Amount Indicators used to report this interest are Amount Codes "1," "2," and "3," then mini-disk positions 19-27 of the "A" Record will be coded "123bbbbbb" (b represents a BLANK position). To correspond with Amount Indicators "1," "2," and "3" of the "A" Record, the "B" Record will contain three payment amount fields. Mini-disk positions 32-41 of the Payee "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported or Amount Code "1" (earnings from savings and loan associations, credit unions, bank deposits, bearer certificates of deposits, etc.); mini-disk positions 42-51 of the "B" Record would contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "2" (amount of forfeiture); and mini-disk positions 52-61 of the "B" Record would contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "3" (Federal income tax withheld). The First Payee Line MUST begin immediately after the last payment THAT IS USED. In this example, the First Payee Name Line would begin in mini-disk position 61.

03 All payee records MUST CONTAIN CORRECT PAYEE NAME AND ADDRESS INFORMATION entered in the fields prescribed in this section. Any records containing an invalid TIN (SSN or EIN) and having no address data present will be returned for correction.

04 IRS must be able to identify the surname associated with the TIN (SSN or EIN) furnished on a statement. The specifications below include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four alphabetic characters of the payees' surname or last name are to be entered by the payers. The surname or last name should appear first in the First Payee Name Line of all Payee "B" Records; however, if your records have been developed using the first name first, IRS programs will accept this but, a blank must appear between the first and last name.

05 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate the IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record should always appear first. If however, you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last name.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record must be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

06 Provision is also made in these specifications for data entries required by state or local governments. This should minimize the Payer/Transmitter's programming burden should payers desire to report on tape to state or local governments. See Part A, Sec. 14, for the combined Federal/State filing requirements.

07 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program MUST have 180 position sectors. Positions 127 and 128 in the Payee "B" Record Sector 2 or 3 MUST contain the appropriate state code for the state to receive the information. The file should also meet the money criteria described in Part A, Sec. 14.11. Do not code for the states unless prior approval to participate has been granted by IRS. See Part A. Sec. 14 for a list of the valid participating state codes. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM. Your files must meet all of the requirements specified in Part A, Sec. 14 in order to participate in this program.

SEC. 5 PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498.

01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498.

02 In most instances each Payee "B" Record described in this section will be composed of two sectors on the mini-disk with positions 1-41 being a constant format and the variance occuring in positions 42-180 of the first sector and the entire second sector. In those instances where six or more payment amount fields are reported, each Payee "B" Record will be composed of three sectors on the mini-disk with positions 1-41 of the first sector being a constant format and the variance occurring in positions 42-180 of the first sector and the entire second and third sectors.

                RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title    Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 Sector 1

 

 

    1    Record Sequence      1  REQUIRED. Must be a "1".

 

                                 It is used to sequence the

 

                                 sectors making up a Service

 

                                 PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2    Record Type          1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                 second position of each PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-4   Payment Year         2  REQUIRED. Must be the last

 

                                 two digits of the year for

 

                                 which payments are being

 

                                 reported (e.g., if payments

 

                                 were made in 1985 enter

 

                                 "85"). Must be incremented

 

                                 each year.

 

 

    5    Document Specific    1  REQUIRED for Forms 1099-R,

 

         Code                    1099-MISC, and 1099-G. For FORM

 

                                 1099-R, enter the

 

                                 appropriate value for the

 

                                 Category of total IRA

 

                                 Distribution. For FORM

 

                                 1099-MISC, enter the

 

                                 appropriate value for

 

                                 Direct Sales. For FORM

 

                                 1099-G, enter the year of

 

                                 income tax refund.  FOR ALL

 

                                 OTHER FORMS, ENTER BLANK.

 

 

         Category of Total       Use only for reporting on

 

         Distribution            FORM 1099-R to identify the

 

         (Form 1099-R only)      Category of Total

 

                                 Distribution. Enter the

 

                                 applicable code from the

 

                                 table below. Code 7 below

 

                                 is NOT REQUIRED for Amount

 

                                 Indicators 1, 2 and 3. "0" (zero)

 

                                 is not a valid code for Form

 

                                 1099-R.

 

 

                                 CATEGORY              CODE

 

 

                                 Premature distribution   1

 

                                  (other than codes 2,3,4, or 5)

 

                                 Rollover                 2

 

                                 Disability               3

 

                                 Death                    4

 

                                 Prohibited transaction   5

 

                                 Other                    6

 

                                 Normal IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                  distributions           7

 

                                 Excess contributions     8

 

                                  refunded plus earnings

 

                                  on such excess

 

                                  contributions

 

 

         Direct Sales            Use only for direct sales

 

         (Form 1099-MISC only)   reporting on FORM

 

                                 1099-MISC. If sales to the

 

                                 receipient of consumer products

 

                                 on a buy-sell,

 

                                 deposit-commission, or any

 

                                 other basis for resale,

 

                                 have amounted to $5,000 or

 

                                 more, ENTER "1". If not for

 

                                 resale, enter "0" (zero). If you

 

                                 are filing 1099-MISC, with an

 

                                 Amount Indicator of "8" in the "A"

 

                                 Record, you must enter a code "1"

 

                                 or "0" in this field. In Part B,

 

                                 Sec. 4, information concerning the

 

                                 direct sales indicator can be found

 

                                 under Amount Indicators, Form

 

                                 1099-MISC, NOTE 1.

 

 

         Refund is for Tax Year  Use only for reporting the tax

 

         (Form 1099-G only)      year for which the refund was

 

                                 issued. If the payment

 

                                 amount field associated

 

                                 with Amount Indicator 2,

 

                                 Income Tax Refunds,

 

                                 contains a refund, credit

 

                                 or offset that is

 

                                 attributable to an income

 

                                 tax which applies

 

                                 exclusively to income from

 

                                 a trade or business and is

 

                                 not of general application,

 

                                 then enter the ALPHA

 

                                 equivalent of the year of

 

                                 refund from the table

 

                                 below. Otherwise, enter the

 

 

                                 NUMERIC Year for which the Refund was

 

                                 issued.

 

 

                              Years for which      Alpha

 

                             Refund was issued   Equivlaent

 

 

                                   1                 A

 

                                   2                 B

 

                                   3                 C

 

                                   4                 D

 

                                   5                 E

 

                                   6                 F

 

                                   7                 G

 

                                   8                 H

 

                                   9                 I

 

                                   0                 J

 

 

   6-7   Blank                2  REQUIRED. Enter blanks. (Reserved for

 

                                 IRS use). Mini-Disk position 6 is

 

                                 used to indicate a corrected return.

 

                                 Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for specific

 

                                 instructions on how to file corrected

 

                                 returns using either magnetic media

 

                                 or paper forms.

 

 

  8-11   Name Control         4  REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                 letters of the surname of

 

                                 the payee. Surnames of less

 

                                 than four (4) letters

 

                                 should be left justified,

 

                                 filling the unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

                                 Special characters and

 

                                 imbedded blanks should be

 

                                 removed. IF THE NAME

 

                                 CONTROL IS NOT DETERMINABLE

 

                                 BY THE PAYER, LEAVE THIS

 

                                 FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or ampersand

 

                                 (&) are the only acceptable special

 

                                 characters.

 

 

   12    Type of TIN          1  REQUIRED. This field is

 

                                 used to identify the

 

                                 Taxpayer Identification

 

                                 Number (TIN) in positions

 

                                 13-21 as either an Employer

 

                                 Identification Number, a

 

                                 Social Security Number, or

 

                                 the reason no number is

 

                                 shown. Enter the

 

                                 appropriate code from the

 

                                 table below:

 

 

                                 TYPE OF         TYPE OF

 

                                   TIN   TIN     ACCOUNT

 

 

                                   1     EIN  A business or

 

                                              an

 

                                              organization

 

                                   2     SSN  An individual

 

                                   9     SSN  The payee is a

 

                                              foreign

 

                                              individual and

 

                                              not a U.S.

 

                                              resident

 

                                 blank   N/A  A Taxpayer

 

                                              Identification

 

                                              Number is

 

                                              required but

 

                                              unobtainable

 

                                              due to

 

                                              legitimate

 

                                              cause, e.g.,

 

                                              number applied

 

                                              for but not

 

                                              received.

 

 

  13-21  Taxpayer             9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

         Identification          9-digit Taxpayer

 

         Number                  Identification Number of

 

                                 the payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                 appropriate). Where an

 

                                 identification number has

 

                                 been applied for but not

 

                                 received or where there is

 

                                 any other legitimate cause

 

                                 for not having an

 

                                 identification number,

 

                                 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

                                 DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                 CHARACTERS, ALL 9's OR ALL

 

                                 ZEROS. Any record containing an

 

                                 invalid identification number in

 

                                 this field will be returned for

 

                                 correction.

 

 

  22-31  Payers' Account     10  REQUIRED. Payer may use this field

 

         Number for Payee        to enter the payee's account number.

 

                                 The use of this item will facilitate

 

 

                                 easy reference to specific records in

 

                                 the payer's file should any

 

                                 questions arise. DO NOT ENTER A

 

                                 TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN

 

                                 THIS FIELD. An account number can be

 

                                 any account number assigned by the

 

                                 payer to the payee (i.e., checking

 

                                 account, savings account, etc.). THIS

 

                                 NUMBER WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                 INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT WITH YOU

 

                                 AND THE SPECIFIC TRANSACTION MADE

 

                                 WITH THE ORGANIZATION, SHOULD

 

                                 MULTIPLE RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                 information will be particularly

 

                                 necessary if you need to file a

 

                                 corrected return. You are strongly

 

                                 encouraged to use this field. You may

 

                                 use any number that will help

 

                                 identify the particular transaction

 

                                 that you are reporting.

 

 

         Payment Amount          The number of payment amounts is

 

         Fields                  dependent upon the number of Amount

 

                                 Indicators present in positions 19-27

 

                                 and must agree with   of Sector 1 of

 

                                 the "A" Record. THE FIRST PAYEE NAME

 

                                 LINE MUST APPEAR IMMEDIATELY AFTER

 

                                 THE LAST PAYMENT AMOUNT INDICATED AS

 

                                 BEING USED. For example, if you are

 

                                 reporting 1099-INT and you used only

 

                                 Amount Indicator "3" in the

 

                                 Payer/Transmitter "A" Record, then

 

                                 you will only use one ten position

 

                                 payment in the Payee "B" Record,

 

                                 right justified, and the First Payee

 

                                 Name Line will begin in position 42.

 

                                 Each payment field that you allow

 

                                 for, or use, must contain 10 numeric

 

                                 characters (see following NOTE).  Do

 

                                 not provide a payment amount field

 

                                 when the corresponding Amount

 

                                 Indicator in the Payer/ Transmitter

 

                                 "A" Record is blank. Each payment

 

                                 amount must be entered in dollars

 

                                 and cents. Do not enter dollar signs,

 

                                 commas, decimal points, or NEGATIVE

 

                                 PAYMENTS (except those items that

 

                                 reflect a loss on Form 1099-B and

 

                                 must be negative overpunched in the

 

                                 units position). Example: If the

 

                                 Amount Indicators are reflected as

 

                                 "123bbbbbb", the Payee "B" Records

 

                                 must have only 3 payment amount

 

                                 fields. If Amount Indicators are

 

                                 reflected as "12367bbbb", the "B"

 

                                 Records must have only 5 payment

 

                                 amount fields.  Payment amounts MUST

 

                                 be right-justified and unused

 

                                 positions MUST be zero-filled.

 

 

                                 NOTE 1: If any one payment

 

                                 amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                 (dollars and cents), as

 

                                 many SEPARATE Payee "B"

 

                                 Records as necessary to

 

                                 contain the total amount

 

                                 MUST be submitted for the

 

                                 Payee.

 

 

                                 NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC and use

 

                                 Amount Code "8" in the Amount

 

                                 Indicator field of the

 

                                 Payer/Transmitter "A" Record, you

 

                                 must enter 0000000100 in the

 

                                 corresponding Payment Amount Field.

 

                                 This will not represent an actual

 

                                 money amount; this is an amount CODE.

 

                                 (Refer to Part C, Sec. 2, NOTE 1, of

 

                                 the Amount Indicators, Form

 

                                 1099-MISC, for clarification.)

 

 

  32-41  Payment Amount 1    10  REQUIRED. This amount is identified

 

                                 by the indicator in position 19,

 

                                 Sector 1, of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                 "A" Record. THIS AMOUNT MUST ALWAYS

 

                                 BE PRESENT.

 

 

 Determine at this point the number of payment fields to be reported

 

 within the Payee "B" Record. This can be determined from the number

 

 of Amount Indicators appearing in positions 19-27 of Sector 1 of the

 

 Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. Following are the formats for

 

 completing positions 42-180 of SECTOR 1, positions 1-180 of SECTOR 2

 

 and positions 1-180 of SECTOR 3 of the Payee "B" Record. Use the

 

 appropriate format as required.

 

 

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELD)

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk  Field Title      Length      Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-81  First Payee         40   REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Name Line                must appear immediately after the

 

                                   last payment amount indicated as

 

                                   being USED. Do not enter ADDRESS

 

                                   information in this field. Enter

 

                                   the name of the payee whose

 

                                   taxpayer identification number

 

                                   appears in positions 13-21 of

 

                                   SECTOR 1. If fewer than 40

 

                                   characters are required, left

 

                                   justify and fill unused positions

 

                                   with blanks. If more space is

 

                                   required, FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                                   If there are multiple payees, ONLY

 

                                   THE NAME of the payee whose

 

                                   Taxpayer Identification Number has

 

                                   been provided should be entered in

 

                                   this field.  The names of the other

 

                                   payees should be entered in the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line field.

 

 

   82-121  Second Payee       40   REQUIRED. If the payee

 

           Name Line               name requires more space

 

                                   than is available in the

 

                                   First Payee Name Line,

 

                                   enter the remaining

 

                                   portion of the name ONLY in

 

                                   this field. If there are

 

                                   multiple payees, this

 

                                   field may be used for

 

                                   those payees' NAMES who

 

                                   are not associated with

 

                                   the taxpayer identification

 

                                   number in positions 13-21

 

                                   of SECTOR 1. Do not enter address

 

                                   information in this field. Left

 

                                   justify and fill unused positions

 

                                   with blanks. FILL WITH BLANKS

 

                                   IF NOT ENTRIES ARE

 

                                   PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 122-180 Blank           59    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 Sector 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

   1     Record Sequence  1    REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used to

 

                               sequence the sectors making up a

 

                               Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

   2     Record Type      1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the second

 

                               position of each PAYEE record.

 

 

 3-42    Payee Mailing   40    REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

 43-71   Payee City       29   REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible).

 

 

 72-73   Payee State       2   REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

 74-82   Payee ZIP Code    9   REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code only.

 

 

 83-126  Blank            44   REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State             2   REQUIRED. If this payee

 

         Code                  record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this program or for

 

                               Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 ___________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk  Field Title   Length      Description and Remarks

 

 Position

 

 ___________________________________________________________________

 

 

 42-51   Payment           10  This amount is identified by

 

         Amount 2              the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-91  First Payee Name   40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

        Line                   must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose taxpayer

 

                               identification number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose taxpayer identification

 

                               number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

 92-180  Blank             89  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record type        2  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 Second Payee Name 40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Line                  requires more space than is available

 

                               in the First Payee Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY in

 

                               this field. If there are multiple

 

                               payees, this field may be used for

 

                               those payees' NAMES who are not

 

                               associated with the taxpayer

 

                               identification number in positions 13-

 

                               21 of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused with blanks. FILL WITH

 

                               BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR

 

                               THIS FIELD.

 

 

   43-82 Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

  83-111 Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

 123-126 Blank              4  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from PART A, SEC.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this program or for

 

                               Form 1098. ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  62-101 First Payee Name  40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Line                  must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                               If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME

 

                               utilize the Second Payee Name

 

                               Line field below. If there are multiple

 

                               payees, ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose taxpayer identification number

 

                               has been provided should be entered in

 

                               this field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in the Second

 

                               Payee Name Line field.

 

 

 102-180 Blank             79  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence     1 REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type         1 REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 Second Payee Name  40 REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Line                  requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the taxpayer identification

 

                               number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

   43-82 Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

  83-111 Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviations for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state information

 

                               ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the

 

                               unused positions with blanks. Use this

 

                               field for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

 123-126 Blank              4  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this program or

 

                               for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FOUR PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk Field Title   Length     Description and Remarks

 

  Position

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71 Payment Amount 4  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  72-111 First Payee       40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Name Line             must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS inforamation in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                               If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required, FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below. If

 

                               there are multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                               NAME of the payee whose taxpayer

 

                               identification  number has been

 

                               provided should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other payees

 

                               should be entered in  the Second Payee

 

                               Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

 112-180 Blank             69  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 Second Payee      40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Name Line             requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing        REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

 

          Address              address of payee.

 

                               Left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

  83-111 Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

 123-126 Blank              4  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this program or

 

                               for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FIVE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

  Position

 

 ___________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71 Payment Amount 4  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81 Payment Amount 5  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  82-121 First Payee       40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Name Line             must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is required

 

                               FOR THE NAME, utilize the Second

 

                               Payee Name Line below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

 122-180 Blank             59  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 Second Payee      40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Name Line             requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing        REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee.

 

                               Left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

  83-111 Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

 123-126 Blank              4  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this program or

 

                               for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SIX PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk Field Title   Length   Description and Remarks

 

  Position

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71 Payment Amount 4  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81 Payment Amount 5  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-91 Payment Amount 6  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 24, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  92-180 Blank             89  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42  First Payee Name  40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

         Line                  Line must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                               If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below. If

 

                               there are multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                               NAME of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this field. The

 

                               names of the other payees should be

 

                               entered in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

    43-82 Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                               1. Do not enter address information in

 

                               this field. Left justify and fill

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

  83-122 Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

 123-180 Blank             58  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1    Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used to

 

                               sequence the sectors making up a

 

                               Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2    Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the second

 

                               position of each PAYEE Record.

 

 

  3-31   Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

  32-33  Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviations for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state information ONLY.

 

 

  34-42  Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  43-126 Blank             84  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this

 

                               program or for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SEVEN PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

  Position

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71 Payment Amount 4  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81 Payment Amount 5  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-91 Payment Amount 6  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 24, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  92-101 Payment Amount 7  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 25, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-180 Blank             79  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 First Payee       40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Name Line             must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   43-82 Second Payee      40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Name Line             requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                               1. Do not enter address information in

 

 

                               this field. Left justify and fill

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

  83-122 Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

 123-180 Blank             58  Required. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-31 Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

   32-33 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviations for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state information ONLY.

 

 

   34-42 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits

 

                               are known, left justify and fill the

 

                               unused positions with blanks. Use this

 

                               field for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  43-126 Blank             84  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code        2   REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this

 

                               program or for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING EIGHT PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

  Position

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71 Payment Amount 4  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81 Payment Amount 5  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-91 Payment Amount 6  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 24, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  92-101 Payment Amount 7  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 25, Sector 1 of the

 

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111 Payment Amount 8  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 26, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 112-180 Blank             69  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 First Payee Name  40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Line                  must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   43-82 Second Payee      40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Name Line             requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                               1. Do not enter address information in

 

                               this field.  Left justify and fill

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

  83-122 Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

 123-180 Blank             58  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

      2 Record Type         1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-31 Payee City         29  REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                               left justified and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                               state and ZIP Code information in this

 

                               field. (If the payee lives outside of

 

                               the United States, include their

 

                               current mailing address and spell out

 

                               the name of the country if possible.)

 

 

   32-33 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shwon in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

   34-42 Payee ZIP CODE     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  43-126 Blank             84  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this

 

                               program or for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING NINE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk Field Title   Length   Description and Remarks

 

  Position

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-51 Payment Amount 2  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61 Payment Amount 3  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71 Payment Amount 4  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81 Payment Amount 5  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-91 Payment Amount 6  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 24, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  92-101 Payment Amount 7  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 25, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111 Payment Amount 8  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 26, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 112-121 Payment Amount 9  10  This amount is identified by

 

                               the amount indicator in

 

                               position 27, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 122-180 Blank             59  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-42 First Payee Name  40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

         Line                  must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   43-82 Second Payee Name 40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Line                  requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                               1. Do not enter address information in

 

                               this field. Left justify and fill

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

  83-122 Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

 123-180 Blank             58  Required. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

    3-31 Payee City        29  REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                               left justified and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                               state and ZIP Code information in this

 

                               field. (If the payee lives outside of

 

                               the United States, include their

 

                               current mailing address and spell out

 

                               the name of the country if possible.)

 

 

   32-33 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

   34-42 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  43-126 Blank             84  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 127-128 State Code         2  REQUIRED. If this payee

 

                               record is to be forwarded to

 

                               a state agency as part of the

 

                               Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                               Program, enter the valid

 

                               state code from Part A, Sec.

 

                               14.10. For those states NOT

 

                               participating in this

 

                               program or for Form 1098 ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180 Blank             52  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099-A

01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Form 1099-A. For detailed explanations of the 1099-A fields request a copy of the 1985 "Instructions for Form 1099 Series, 1098, 5498 and 1096," available from local IRS offices.

02 For Form 1099-A, SECTOR 3 will be required if there is more than one payment field to be reported in the Payee "B" Record.

03 FORM 1099-A CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position  Field Title     Length    Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence    1 REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               RECORD.

 

 

    2    Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-4   Payment year       2  REQUIRED. Must be the last

 

                               two digits of the year for

 

                               which payments are being

 

                               reported (e.g., if payments

 

                               were made in 1985 enter

 

                               "85"). Must be incremented

 

                               each year.

 

 

    5    Document Specific  1  REQUIRED. For Form 1099-A

 

         Code                  enter blank.

 

 

   6-7   Blank              2  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

                               (Reserved for IRS use). Mini-Disk

 

                               position 6 is used to indicate a

 

                               corrected return. Refer to Part A, Sec.

 

                               10 for specific instructions on how to

 

                               file corrected returns utilizing either

 

                               magnetic media or paper forms.

 

 

   8-11  Name Control       4  REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                               letters of the surname of the

 

                               payee. Surnames of less than

 

                               four (4) letters should be

 

                               left justified, filling the

 

                               unused positions with

 

                               blanks.  Special characters

 

                               and imbedded blanks should be

 

                               removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                               IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                               PAYER, LEAVE THIS FIELD

 

                               BLANK. A dash (-) or ampersand (&) are

 

                               the only acceptable special characters.

 

 

   12    Type of TIN        1  REQUIRED. This field is used

 

                               to identify the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number (TIN)

 

                               in positions 13-21 as either

 

                               an Employer Identification

 

                               Number, a Social Security

 

                               Number, or the reason no

 

                               number is shown. Enter the

 

                               appropriate code from the

 

                               table below:

 

 

                               Type of       Type of

 

                                 TIN    TIN  Account

 

 

                                  1     EIN  A business or

 

                                             an organization

 

                                  2     SSN  An individual

 

                                  9     SSN  The payee is a

 

                                             foreign

 

                                             individual and

 

                                             not a U.S.

 

                                             resident

 

                                blank   N/A  A Taxpayer

 

                                             Identification

 

                                             Number is

 

                                             required but

 

                                             unobtainable

 

                                             due to

 

                                             legitimate

 

                                             cause; e.g.,

 

                                             number applied

 

                                             for but not

 

                                             received.

 

 

   13-21 Taxpayer Identi-   9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

         fication Number       9-digit Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number of the

 

                               payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                               appropriate). Where an

 

                               identification number has

 

                               been applied for but not

 

                               received or where there is

 

                               any other legitimate cause

 

                               for not having an

 

                               identification number, ENTER

 

                               BLANKS.

 

 

                               DO NO ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                               CHARACTERS, ALL 9's OR ALL

 

                               ZEROES. Any record containing an

 

 

                               invalid identification number in this

 

                               field will be returned for correction.

 

 

   22-31 Payer's Account   10  REQUIRED. Payer may use this

 

         Number for Payee      field to enter the payee's

 

                               account number. The use of

 

                               this item will facilitate

 

                               easy reference to specific

 

                               records in the payer's file

 

                               should any questions arise.

 

                               DO NOT ENTER A TAXPAYER

 

                               IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN THIS

 

                               FIELD. Enter blanks if the

 

                               Payer's Account Number for

 

                               Payee is not to be entered in

 

                               this field. An account number can be

 

                               any account number assigned by the

 

                               payer to the payee (i.e., checking

 

                               account, savings account, etc.). THIS

 

                               NUMBER WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                               INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT WITH YOU AND

 

                               THE SPECIFIC TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                               ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE RETURNS

 

                               BE FILED. This information will be

 

                               particularly necessary if you need to

 

                               file a corrected return. You are

 

                               strongly encouraged to use this field.

 

                               You may use any number that will help

 

                               identify the particular transaction

 

                               that you are reporting.

 

 

         Payment Amount        The number of payment amounts is

 

         Fields                dependent upon and must agree with the

 

                               number of Amount Indicators present in

 

                               positions 19-27 of Sector 1 of the "A"

 

                               Record. The First Payee Name Line MUST

 

                               appear immediately after the last

 

                               payment amount indicated as being used.

 

                               For example, if you are reporting 1099-

 

                               INT and you used only Amount Indicator

 

                               "3" in the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                               Record, then you will only use one ten

 

                               position payment amount in the Payee

 

                               "B" Record, right justified, and the

 

                               First Payee Name Line will begin in

 

                               position 42. Each payment field that

 

                               you allow for, or use, must contain 10

 

                               numeric characters (see following

 

                               NOTE). Do not provide a payment amount

 

                               field when the  corresponding Amount

 

                               Indicator in the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                               Record is blank. Each payment amount

 

                               must be entered in dollars and cents.

 

                               Do not enter  dollar signs, commas,

 

                               decimal  points, or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS

 

                               (except those items that reflect a

 

                               loss on Form 1099-B and must be

 

                               negative  overpunched in the units

 

                               position). Example: If the Amount

 

                               Indicators are  reflected as

 

                               "123bbbbbb", the  Payee "B" Records

 

                               must have  only 3 payment amount

 

                               fields. If Amount Indicators are

 

                               reflected as "12367bbbb",  the "B"

 

                               Records must have  only 5 payment

 

                               amount  fields. Payment amounts MUST

 

                               be right-justified and unused

 

                               portions MUST be zero-filled.

 

 

                               NOTE 1: If any one payment

 

                               amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                               (dollars and cents), as many

 

                               SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                               necessary to contain the

 

                               total amount MUST be

 

                               submitted for the Payee.

 

 

                               NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC and use

 

                               Amount Code "8" in the Amount Indicator

 

                               field of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                               Record, you must enter 0000000100 in

 

                               the corresonding Payment Amount Field.

 

                               This will not represent an actual money

 

                               amount; this is an amount CODE. (Refer

 

                               to Part B, Sec. 4, NOTE 1, of the

 

                               Amount Indicators, Form 1099-MISC, for

 

                               clarification.)

 

 

  32-41 Payment Amount 1  10   REQUIRED. This amount is identified by

 

                               the indicator in position 19, Sector 1,

 

                               of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                               Record. THIS AMOUNT MUST

 

                               ALWAYS BE PRESENT.

 

 

 Determine at this point the number of payment fields to be

 

 reported within the Payee "B" Record. This can be

 

 determined from the number of Amount Indicators appearing

 

 in positions 19-27 of Sector 2 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 Following are the formats for completing positions 42-180

 

 of SECTOR 1, positions 1-180 of SECTOR 2 and positions

 

 

 1-180 of SECTOR 3 of the Payee "B" Record. FOR FORM 1099-A

 

 SECTOR 3 WILL BE REQUIRED IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE PAYMENT

 

 FIELD TO BE REPORTED IN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. Use the

 

 appropriate format as required.

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELD) (Continued)

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Sector 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-81  First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Name Line            must appear immediately after the last

 

                               payment amount indicated as being USED.

 

                               Do not enter ADDRESS information on

 

                               this field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below. If

 

                               there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   82-121 Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identifying

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               above. Do not enter address information

 

                               in this field. Left justify and fill

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

 122-180  Blank            59  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2    Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42  Payee Mailing     40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

         Address               address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

   43-71  Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state the ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

  72-73  Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state informtion ONLY.

 

 

  74-82  Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  83-88  Lender's Date of   6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter

 

         Acquisition or        the date of your acquisition of the

 

         Abandonment           secured property or the date you first

 

                               knew or had reason to know that the

 

                               property was abandoned in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

   89    Liability          1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter

 

         Indicator             the appropriate indicator from table

 

                               below:

 

 

                               Indicator           Usage

 

 

                               1         Borrower is personally liable

 

                                         for repayment of the debt.

 

                               Blank     Borrower is NOT liable for

 

                                         repayment of the debt.

 

 

  90-126 Description       37  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter a

 

                               brief description fo the property. For

 

                               example, for real property, enter the

 

                               address, section, lot and block. For

 

                               personal property, enter the type, make

 

                               and model (e.g., Car-1985 Buick Regal

 

                               or Office Equipment, etc.).

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-51  Payment Amount   10  This amount is identified by

 

          2                    the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-91  First Payee Name  40 REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Line                 must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose  Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are required,

 

                               left justify and fill unused positions

 

                               with blanks. If more space is required,

 

                               utilize the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               below. If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee whose

 

                               taxpayer identification number has

 

                               been provided should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the  other payees

 

                               should be entered in the Second Payee

 

                               Name Line field.

 

 

  92-180  Blank            89  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42   Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is available

 

                               in the First Payee Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY in

 

                               this field. If there are multiple

 

                               payees, this field may be used for

 

                               those payees' NAMES who are not

 

                               associated with the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number in positions

 

                               13-21 of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

   83-111 Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field or state information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-82   Blank            80  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

  83-88  Lender's Date of   6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter

 

         Acquisition or        the date of your acquisition of the

 

         Abandonment           secured property or the date you first

 

                               knew or had reason to know that the

 

                               property was abandoned in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

   89    Liability          1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter

 

         Indicator             the appropriate indicator from table

 

                               below:

 

 

                               Indicator           Usage

 

 

                               1         Borrower is personally liable

 

                                         for repayment of the debt.

 

                               Blank     Borrower is NOT liable for

 

                                         repayment of the debt.

 

 

  90-126 Description       37  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter a

 

                               brief description of the property. For

 

                               example, for real property, enter the

 

                               address, section, lot and block. For

 

                               personal property, enter the type, make

 

                               and model (e.g., Car-1985 Buick Regal

 

                               or Office Equipment, etc.).

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 

   42-51  Payment Amount   10  This amount is identified by

 

          2                    the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61  Payment Amount   10  This amount is identified by

 

          3                    the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-101 First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Line must

 

          Name Line            appear after the last payment amount

 

                               indicated as being USED. Do not enter

 

                               ADDRESS information in this field.

 

                               Enter the name of the payee whose

 

                               Taxpayer Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are required,

 

                               left justify and fill unused positions

 

                               with blanks. If more space is required

 

                               FOR THE NAME, utilize the Second

 

                               Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

  102-180 Blank            79  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42   Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is available

 

                               in the First Payee Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY in

 

                               this field. If there are multiple

 

                               payees, this field may be used for

 

                               those payees' NAMES who are not

 

                               associated with the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number in positions

 

                               13-21 of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

   83-111 Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-82   Blank            80  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

  83-88  Lender's Date of   6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter

 

         Acquisition or        the date of your acquisition of the

 

         Abandonment           secured property or the date you first

 

                               knew or had reason to know that the

 

                               property was abadoned in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

   89    Liability          1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter

 

         Indicator             the appropriate indicator from table

 

                               below:

 

 

                               Indicator           Usage

 

 

                               1         Borrower is personally liable

 

                                         for repayment of the debt.

 

                               Blank     Borrower is NOT liable for

 

                                         repayment of the debt.

 

 

  90-126 Description       37  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter a

 

                               brief description of the property. For

 

                               example, for real property, enter the

 

                               address, section, lot and block. For

 

                               personal property, enter the type, make

 

                               and model (e.g., Car-1985 Buick Regal

 

                               or Office Equipment, etc.).

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 8 PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR FORM 1099-A

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORDS -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099-B

01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Form 1099-B. For detailed explanations of the 1099-B fields request a copy of the 1985 "Instructions for Form 1099 Series, 1098, 5498, and 1096" available from local IRS offices.

02 For Form 1099-B, SECTOR 3 will be required if there is more than one payment field to be reported in the Payee "B" Record.

03 FORM 1099-B CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 Position

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

       1 Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "1".

 

                               Used to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               RECORD.

 

 

       2 Record Type        1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

     3-4 Payment Year       2  REQUIRED. Must be the last

 

                               two digits of the year for

 

                               which payments are being

 

                               reported. (e.g., if payments

 

                               were made in 1985, enter

 

                               "85"). Must be incremented

 

                               each year.

 

 

       5 Document Specific  1  REQUIRED.  For Form 1099-B enter

 

         Code                  blank.

 

 

     6-7 Blank             2   REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

                               (Reserved for IRS use.)

 

                               Mini-Disk position 6 is used to

 

                               indicate a corrected return. Refer to

 

                               Part A, Sec. 10 for specific

 

                               instructions on how to file corrected

 

                               returns utilizing either magnetic media

 

                               or paper forms.

 

 

    8-11 Name Control       4  REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                               letters of the surname of the

 

                               payee. Surnames of less than

 

                               four (4) letters should be

 

                               left justified, filling the

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               Special characters and

 

                               imbedded blanks should be

 

                               removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                               IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                               PAYER, LEAVE THIS FIELD

 

                               BLANK. A dash (-) or ampersand (&) are

 

                               the only acceptable special characters.

 

 

      12 Type of TIN        1  REQUIRED. This field is used

 

                               to identify the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number (TIN)

 

                               in positions 13-21 as either

 

                               an Employer Identification

 

                               Number, a Social Security

 

                               Number, or the reason no

 

                               number is shown. Enter the

 

                               appropriate code from the

 

                               table below:

 

 

                               TYPE OF          TYPE OF

 

                                 TIN     TIN    ACCOUNT

 

 

                                  1      EIN  A business

 

                                                or an

 

                                                organization

 

                                  2      SSN  An individual

 

                                  9      SSN  The payee is a

 

                                              foreign

 

                                              individual and

 

                                              not a U.S.

 

                                              resident

 

                               blank     N/A  A Taxpayer

 

                                              Identification

 

                                              Number is

 

                                              required but

 

                                              unobtainable

 

                                              due to

 

                                              legitimate

 

                                              cause; e.g.

 

                                              number applied

 

                                              for but not

 

                                              received.

 

 

   13-21 Taxpayer           9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

         Identification        9-digit Taxpayer

 

         Number                Identification Number of the

 

                               payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                               appropriate). Where an

 

                               identification number has

 

                               been applied for but not

 

                               received or where there is

 

                               any other legitimate cause

 

                               for not having an

 

                               identification number, ENTER

 

                               BLANKS.

 

 

                               DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                               CHARACTERS, ALL 9'S OR ALL

 

                               ZEROES. Any record containing an

 

                               invalid identification number in this

 

                               field will be returned for correction.

 

 

   22-31 Payers' Account   10  REQUIRED. Payer may use this

 

         Number for            field to enter the payee's

 

         Payee                 account number. The use of

 

                               this item will facilitate

 

                               easy reference to specific

 

                               records in the payer's file,

 

                               should any questions arise.

 

                               DO NOT ENTER A TAXPAYER

 

                               IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN THIS

 

                               FIELD. Enter blanks if the

 

                               Payer's Account Number for

 

                               Payee is not to be entered in

 

                               this field. An account number can be

 

                               any account number assigned by the

 

                               payer to the payee (i.e., checking

 

                               account, savings account, etc.). THIS

 

                               NUMBER WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                               INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT WITH YOU AND

 

                               THE SPECIFIC TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                               ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE RETURNS

 

                               BE FILED. This information will be

 

                               particularly necessary if you need to

 

                               file a corrected return. You are

 

                               strongly encouraged to use this field.

 

                               You may use any number that will help

 

                               identify the particular transaction

 

                               that you are reporting.

 

 

         Payment Amount        The number of payment amounts is

 

         Fields                dependent on the number of Amount

 

                               Indicators present in positions 19-27

 

                               of Sector 1 of the "A" Record. The

 

                               First Payee Name Line MUST appear

 

                               immediately after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being used. For

 

                               example, if you are reporting 1099-INT

 

                               and you used only Amount Indicator "3"

 

                               in the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record,

 

                               then you will use only one ten position

 

                               payment amount in the Payee "B" Record,

 

                               right justified, and the First Payee

 

                               Name Line will begin in position 42.

 

                               Each payment filed that you allow for,

 

                               or use, must contain 10 numeric

 

                               characters (see following NOTE).

 

                               Do not provide a payment

 

                               amount field when the

 

                               corresponding Amount

 

                               Indicator in the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                               is blank. Each payment amount

 

                               must be entered in dollars

 

                               and cents. Do not enter

 

                               dollar signs, commas, decimal

 

                               points, or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS

 

                               (except those items that

 

                               reflect a loss on Form

 

                               1099-B and must be negative

 

                               overpunched in the units

 

                               position). Example: If the

 

                               Amount Indicators are

 

                               reflected as "123bbbbbb", the

 

                               Payee "B" Records must have

 

                               only 3 payment amount fields.

 

                               If Amount Indicators are

 

                               reflected as "12367bbbb", the

 

                               "B" Records must have only 5

 

                               payment amount fields.

 

                               Payment amounts MUST be

 

                               right-justified and unused

 

                               portions MUST be zero-filled.

 

 

                               NOTE 1: If any one payment

 

                               amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                               (dollars and cents), as many

 

                               SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                               necessary to contain the

 

                               total amount MUST be

 

                               submitted for the Payee.

 

 

                               NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC and use

 

                               Amount Code "8" in the Amount Indicator

 

                               field of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                               Record, you must enter 0000000100 in

 

                               the corresponding Payment Amount Field.

 

                               This will not represent an actual money

 

                               amount; this is an amount CODE. (Refer

 

                               to PART B., Sec. 3, NOTE 1, of the

 

                               Amount Indicators, Form 1099-MISC, for

 

                               clarification.)

 

 

   32-41 Payment Amount 1  10  REQUIRED. This amount is identified by

 

                               the indicator in position 19 of Sector

 

 

                               1 the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                               THIS AMOUNT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT.

 

 

         Determine at this point the number of payment fields to be

 

         reported within the Payee "B" Record. This can be determined

 

         from the number of Amount Indicators appearing in positions

 

         19-27 of Sector 1 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

         Following are the formats for completing positions 42-180 of

 

         SECTOR 1, positions 1-180 of SECTOR 2 and positions  1-180 of

 

         SECTOR 3 of the Payee "B" Record. FOR FORM 1099-B SECTOR 3

 

         WILL BE REQUIRED IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE PAYMENT FIELD TO

 

         BE REPORTED IN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. Use the appropriate

 

         format as required.

 

 

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELD)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

   42-81  First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Name Line            must appear immediately after the last

 

                               payment amount indicated as being USED.

 

                               Do not enter ADDRESS information in

 

                               this field. Enter the name of

 

                               the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 above. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   82-121 Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

  122-180 Blank            59  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42   Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

   43-71  Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                               left justified and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                               state and ZIP Code information in this

 

                               field. (If the payee lives outside of

 

                               the United States, include their

 

                               current mailing address and spell out

 

                               the name of the country if possible.)

 

 

   72-73  Payee State       2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

   74-82  Payee ZIP Code    9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

   83-85  Blank             3  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

   86     Date of Sale      1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

          Indicator            appropriate indicator from table below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR       USAGE

 

                               S               Date of Sale is the

 

                                               actual settlement date

 

                               blank           Date of Sale is the

 

                                               trade date or this is

 

                                               an aggregate

 

                                               transaction

 

 

   87-92  Date of Sale      6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the trade date or the actual settlement

 

                               date of the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction. DO NO ENTER

 

                               HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

   93-100 CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                               Security Identification Procedures)

 

                               number of the items reported for Amount

 

                               Indicator "2" (Stocks, bonds, etc.).

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                               transaction. Enter "0" (zeroes) if the

 

                               number is not available. For CUSIP

 

                               numbers with more than 8 characters,

 

                               supply the FIRST 8.

 

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter a

 

                               brief description of the item or

 

                               services for which the proceeds are

 

                               being reported. If fewer than 26

 

                               characters are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               For regulated futures contracts, enter

 

                               the customer account number. Enter

 

                               blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                               transaction.

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   42-51  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 2             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

   52-91  First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Name Line            must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                               1. If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose taxpayer identification

 

                               number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   92-180 Blank            89  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   3-42   Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those

 

                               payees' NAMES who are not

 

                               associated with the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number in

 

                               positions 13-21 of Sector 1. Do not

 

                               enter address information in this

 

                               field. Left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. FILL

 

                               WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   83-111 Payee City       40  REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                               left justified and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                               state and ZIP Code information in this

 

                               field. (If the payee lives outside of

 

                               the United States, include their

 

                               current mailing address and spell out

 

                               the name of the country if possible.)

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

  112-113 Payee State      2   REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state information ONLY.

 

 

  114-122 Payee ZIP Code    9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   3-85   Blank            83  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

   86     Date of Sale      1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the appropriate indicator from table

 

                               below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR      USAGE

 

                               S              Date of Sale is the

 

                                              actual settlement date

 

                               blank          Date of Sale is the

 

                                              trade date or this is an

 

                                              aggregate transaction

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

   87-92  Date of Sale     6   REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the trade date or the actual settlement

 

                               date of the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction. DO NOT ENTER

 

                               HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

   93-100 CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                               Security Identification Procedures)

 

                               number of the items reported for Amount

 

                               Indicator "2" (Stocks, bonds, etc.).

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                               transaction. Enter "0" (zeroes) if the

 

                               number is not available. For CUSIP

 

                               numbers with more than 8 characters,

 

                               supply the FIRST 8.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter a

 

                               brief description of the item or

 

                               services for which the proceeds are

 

                               being reported. If fewer than 26

 

                               characters are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               For regulated futures contracts, enter

 

                               the customer account number. Enter

 

                               blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                               transaction.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   42-51  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 2             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

   52-61  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 3             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   62-101 First Payee      40  REQUIRED.  The First Payee Name Line

 

                               must          Name Line appear after

 

                               the last payment amount indicated as

 

                               being USED. Do not enter ADDRESS

 

                               information in this field. Enter the

 

                               name of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

  102-180 Blank            79  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   3-42   Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name only

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

   83-111 Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                               left justified and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                               state and ZIP Code information in this

 

                               field. (If the payee lives outside the

 

                               United States, include their current

 

                               mailing address and spell out the name

 

                               of the country if possible.)

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

  112-113 Payee State      2   REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

  114-122 Payee ZIP Code    9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

   3-85   Blank            83  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

   86     Date of Sale      1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the appropriate indicator from table

 

                               below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR      USAGE

 

                               S              Date of Sale is the

 

                                              actual settlement date

 

                               blank          Date of Sale is the

 

                                              trade date or this is an

 

                                              aggregate transaction

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

   87-92  Date of Sale     6   REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the trade date or the actual settlement

 

                               date of the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction. DO NOT ENTER

 

                               HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

   93-100 CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter

 

                               the CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                               Security Identification Procedures)

 

                               mumber of the items reported for Amount

 

                               Indicator "2" (Stocks, bonds, etc.).

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                               transaction. Enter "0" (zeroes) if the

 

                               number is not available. For CUSIP

 

                               numbers with more than 8 characters,

 

 

                               supply the FIRST 8.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter a

 

                               brief description of the item or

 

                               services for which the proceeds are

 

                               being reported. If fewer than 26

 

                               characters are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               For regulated futures contracts, enter

 

                               the customer account number. Enter

 

                               blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                               transaction.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 __________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FOUR PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length     Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   42-51  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 2             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 3             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 4             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-111 First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

                               must Name Line appear after

 

                               the last payment amount indicated as

 

                               being USED. Do not enter ADDRESS

 

                               information in this field. Enter the

 

                               name of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number appears

 

                               in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. If

 

                               fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and

 

                               fill unused positions with

 

                               blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                               If there are multiple payees,

 

                               ONLY THE NAME of the payee

 

                               whose taxpayer identification

 

                               number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this

 

                               field. The names of the other

 

                               payees should be entered in

 

                               the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

  112-180 Blank            69  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42  Second Payee      40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

         Name Line             requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                               1. Do not enter address information in

 

                               this field. Left justify and fill

 

                               unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO

 

                               ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                               FIELD.

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

   83-111 Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused position

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113 Payee State        2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122 Payee ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-85   Blank            83  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

    86    Date of Sale      1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

          Indicator            ONLY. Enter appropriate

 

                               indicator from table below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR  USAGE

 

 

                                 S        Date of Sale is

 

                                          the actual

 

                                          settlement date

 

                                 blank    Date of Sale is

 

                                          the trade date or

 

                                          this is an

 

                                          aggregate

 

                                          transaction

 

 

   87-92  Date of Sale      6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the trade date or

 

                               the actual settlement date of

 

                               the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                               is an aggregate transaction.

 

                               DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

   93-100 CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                               Uniform Security Identification

 

                               Procedures) number of the items

 

                               reported for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                               (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter blanks

 

                               if this is an aggregate transaction.

 

                               Enter "0" (zeroes) if the number is

 

                               not available. For CUSIP numbers with

 

                               more than 8 characters, supply the

 

                               FIRST 8.

 

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter a brief

 

                               description of the item or

 

                               services for which the

 

                               proceeds are being reported.

 

                               If fewer than 26 characters

 

                               are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions

 

                               with blanks. For regulated

 

                               futures contracts, enter the

 

                               customer account number.

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction.

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FIVE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

                         FORM 1099-B

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length     Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   42-51  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 2             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 3             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 4             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 5             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-121 First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Name Line            must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                               If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below. If

 

                               there are multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                               NAME of the payee whose taxpayer

 

                               identification number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this field. The

 

                               names of the other payees should be

 

                               entered in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

  122-180 Blank            59  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "2". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42   Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payee's

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   43-82  Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

   83-111 Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

  112-113 Payee State      2   REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in Part A, Sec. 16. Use this

 

                               field for state information ONLY.

 

 

  114-122 Payee ZIP Code   9   REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               know, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-85   Blank            83  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

    86   Date of Sale       1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

         Indicator             ONLY. Enter appropriate

 

                               indicator from table below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR     USAGE

 

 

                                S      Date of Sale is the

 

                                       actual settlement

 

                                       date

 

                                blank  Date of Sale is the

 

                                       trade date or this is

 

                                       an aggregate

 

                                       transaction

 

 

   87-92  Date of Sale      6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the trade date or

 

                               the actual settlement date of

 

                               the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                               is an aggregate transaction.

 

                               DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

  93-100  CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the CUSIP (Commitee on

 

                               Uniform Security Identification

 

                               Procedures) number of the items

 

                               reported for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                               (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter blanks if

 

                               this is an aggregate transaction. Enter

 

                               "0" (zeroes) if the number is not

 

                               available. For CUSIP numbers with more

 

                               than 8 characters, supply the FIRST 8.

 

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter a brief

 

                               description of the item or

 

                               services for which the

 

                               proceeds are being reported.

 

                               If fewer than 26 characters

 

                               are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions

 

                               with blanks. For regulated

 

                               futures contracts, enter the

 

                               customer account number.

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction.

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SIX PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                         FORM 1099-B

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   42-51  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 2             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 3             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 4             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 22, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 5             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-91  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 6             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 24, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   92-180 Blank            89  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length     Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42   First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

          Name Line            must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter address information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                               If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below. If

 

                               there are multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                               NAME of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this field. The

 

                               names of the other payees should be

 

                               entered in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   43-82  Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   83-122 Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-31   Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

   32-33   Payee State      2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the Table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

   34-42   Pay ZIP Code     9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

   43-85   Blank           43  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

    86    Date of Sale      1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

          Indicator            ONLY. Enter appropriate

 

                               indicator from table below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR   USAGE

 

 

                               S         Date of Sale is the

 

                                         actual settlement

 

                                         date

 

                               blank     Date of Sale is the

 

                                         trade date or this

 

                                         is an aggregate

 

                                         transaction

 

 

   87-92  Date of Sale      6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the trade date or

 

                               the actual settlement date of

 

                               the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                               is an aggregate transaction.

 

                               DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

   93-100 CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                               Uniform Security Identification

 

                               Procedures) number of the items

 

                               reported for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                               (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter blanks if

 

                               this is an aggregate transaction. Enter

 

                               "0" (zeroes) if the number is not

 

                               available. For CUSIP numbers with more

 

                               than 8 characters, supply the FIRST 8.

 

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter a brief

 

                               description of the item or

 

                               services for which the

 

                               proceeds are being reported.

 

                               If fewer than 26 characters

 

                               are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions

 

                               with blanks. For regulated

 

                               futures contracts, enter the

 

                               customer account number.

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction.

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SEVEN PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (continued)

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   42-51 Payment           10  This amount is identified by

 

         Amount 2              the amount indicator in

 

                               position 20, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   52-61  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 3             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 21, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   62-71  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 4             the amount indicator in

 

 

                               position 22, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   72-81  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 5             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 23, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   82-91  Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 6             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 24, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

   92-101 Payment          10  This amount is identified by

 

          Amount 7             the amount indicator in

 

                               position 25, Sector 1 of the

 

                               Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

  102-180 Blank            79  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Positions   Field Title   Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1    Record Sequence    1  REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Use

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-42   First Payee      40  REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

                               must appear after the last payment

 

                               amount indicated as being USED. Do not

 

                               enter ADDRESS information in this

 

                               field. Enter the name of the payee

 

                               whose Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                               appears in positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                               If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                               required, left justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks. If more space is

 

                               required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                               Second Payee Name Line field below. If

 

                               there are multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                               NAME of the payee  whose Taxpayer

 

                               Identification Number has been provided

 

                               should be entered in this field. The

 

                               names of the other  payees should be

 

                               entered in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                               field.

 

 

   43-82  Second Payee     40  REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

          Name Line            requires more space than is

 

                               available in the First Payee

 

                               Name Line, enter the

 

                               remaining portion of the name ONLY

 

                               in this field. If there are

 

                               multiple payees, this field

 

                               may be used for those payees'

 

                               NAMES who are not associated

 

                               with the Taxpayer Identification

 

                               Number in positions 13-21

 

                               of Sector 1. Do not enter address

 

                               information in this field. Left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions with blanks.

 

                               FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                               PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

   83-122 Payee Mailing    40  REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

          Address              address of payee. Left

 

                               justify and fill unused

 

                               positions with blanks.

 

                               Address MUST be present. This

 

                               field MUST NOT contain any

 

                               data other than the payee's

 

                               mailing address.

 

 

  123-180 Blank            58  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

    1     Record Sequence   1  REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used

 

                               to sequence the sectors

 

                               making up a Service PAYEE

 

                               Record.

 

 

    2     Record Type       1  REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                               the second position of each

 

                               PAYEE Record.

 

 

   3-31   Payee City       29  REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                               justified and fill the unused positions

 

                               with blanks. Do NOT enter state and ZIP

 

                               Code information in this field. (If the

 

                               payee lives outside of the United

 

                               States, include their current mailing

 

                               address and spell out the name of the

 

                               country if possible.)

 

 

   32-33  Payee State       2  REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation for

 

                               the state. You MUST use valid U.S.

 

                               Postal Service abbreviations for states

 

                               as shown in the table in Part A, Sec.

 

                               16. Use this field for state

 

                               information ONLY.

 

 

   34-42  Payee ZIP Code    9  REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit ZIP

 

                               Code assigned by the U.S. Postal

 

                               Service. If only the first 5 digits are

 

                               known, left justify and fill the unused

 

                               positions with blanks. Use this field

 

                               for the ZIP Code ONLY.

 

 

   43-85  Blank            43  REQUIRED. Enter Blanks.

 

 

    86    Date of Sale      1  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

          Indicator            ONLY. Enter appropriate

 

                               indicator from table below:

 

 

                               INDICATOR  USAGE

 

 

                               S       Date of sale is the

 

                                       actual settlement

 

                                       date

 

                               blank   Date of Sale is the

 

                                       trade date or this is

 

                                       an aggregate

 

                                       transaction

 

 

   87-92  Date of Sale      6  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the trade date or

 

                               the actual settlement date of

 

                               the transaction in the format

 

                               MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                               is an aggregate transaction.

 

                               DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                               SLASHES.

 

 

   93-100 CUSIP No.         8  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                               Uniform Security Identification

 

                               Procedures) number of the items

 

                               reported for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                               (Stocks. bonds, etc.). Enter blanks if

 

                               this an aggregate transaction. Enter

 

                               "0" (zeroes) if the number is not

 

                               available. For CUSIP numbers with more

 

                               than 8 characters, supply the FIRST 8.

 

 

  101-126 Description      26  REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B

 

                               ONLY. Enter a brief

 

                               description of the item or

 

                               services for which the

 

                               proceeds are being reported.

 

                               If fewer than 26 characters

 

                               are required, left justify

 

                               and fill unused positions

 

                               with blanks. For regulated

 

                               futures contracts, enter the

 

                               customer account number.

 

                               Enter blanks if this is an

 

                               aggregate transaction.

 

 

  127-180 Blank            54  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR FORM 1099-B

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORDS--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W-2G

01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Form W-2G for detailed explanations of the W-2G fields, see W-3G, Transmittal of Certain Information Returns, which is available at local IRS offices.

02 When reporting information for form W-2G, the Payee "B" Records must contain 3 sectors.

03 FORM W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position     Field Title   Length         Description and Remarks

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

    1      Record Sequence    1    REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used to

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-4     Payment Year       2    REQUIRED. Must be the last two

 

                                   digits of the year for which

 

                                   payments are being reported (e.g.

 

                                   if payments were made in 1985 enter

 

                                   "85"). Must be incremented each

 

                                   year.

 

 

    5      Document Specific  1    REQUIRED for W-2G.

 

           Code                    Use only for reporting the Type of

 

           Type of Wager           Wager on Form W-2G.

 

           (Form W-2G only)

 

                                   CATEGORY                    CODE

 

 

                                   Horse Race Track (or Off

 

                                    Track Betting of a Horse

 

                                    Track nature)               1

 

                                   Dog Race Track (or Off

 

                                    Track Betting of a Dog

 

                                    Track nature)               2

 

                                   Jai-alai                     3

 

                                   State Conducted Lottery      4

 

                                   Keno                         5

 

                                   Casino Type Bingo. DO NOT

 

                                    use this code for any

 

                                    other type of Bingo winnings

 

                                    (i.e. Church, Fire Dept.

 

                                    etc.).                      6

 

                                   Slot Machines                7

 

                                   Any other types of gambling

 

                                    winnings. This includes

 

                                    Church Bingo, Fire Dept.

 

                                    Bingo, unlabeled winnings,

 

                                    etc.                        8

 

 

   6-7     Blank              2    REQUIRED. Enter blanks (Reserved

 

                                   for IRS use). Mini-Disk position 6

 

                                   is used to indicate a corrected

 

                                   return. Refer to Part A, Sec. 10

 

                                   for specific instructions on how to

 

                                   file corrected returns utilizing

 

                                   either magnetic media or paper

 

                                   forms.

 

 

   8-11    Name Control       4    REQUIRED. Enter the first 4 letters

 

                                   of the surname of the payee.

 

                                   Surnames of less than four (4)

 

                                   letters should be left justified,

 

                                   filling the unused positions with

 

                                   blanks. Special characters and

 

                                   imbedded blanks should be removed.

 

                                   IF THE NAME CONTROL IS NOT

 

                                   DETERMINABLE BY THE PAYER, LEAVE

 

                                   THIS FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or

 

                                   ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                   acceptable special characters.

 

 

    12     Type of TIN        1    REQUIRED. This field is used to

 

                                   identify the Taxpayer

 

                                   Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                   positions 13-21 as either an

 

                                   Employer Identification Number, a

 

                                   Social Security Number, or the

 

                                   reason no number is shown. Enter

 

                                   the appropriate code from the table

 

                                   below:

 

 

                                   TYPE OF

 

                                     TIN     TIN    TYPE OF ACCOUNT

 

 

                                     1       EIN  A business or an

 

                                                  organization

 

 

                                     2       SSN  An individual

 

 

                                     9       SSN  The payee is a

 

                                                  foreign individual

 

                                                  and not a U.S.

 

                                                  resident.

 

 

                                   blank     N/A  A Taxpayer

 

                                                  Identification

 

                                                  Number is required

 

                                                  but unobtainable due

 

                                                  to legitimate cause;

 

                                                  e.g. number applied

 

 

                                                  for but not

 

                                                  received.

 

 

   13-21   Taxpayer           9    REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9-digit

 

           Identification          Taxpayer Identification Number

 

           Number                  of the payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                   appropriate). When an

 

                                   identification number has been

 

                                   applied for but not received or

 

                                   when there is any other legitimate

 

                                   cause for not having an

 

                                   identification number, ENTER

 

                                   BLANKS.

 

 

                                   DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                   CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL ZEROS.

 

 

   22-31   Payer's Account   10    REQUIRED. Payer may use this field

 

           Number for Payee        to enter the payee's account

 

                                   number. The use of this item will

 

                                   facilitate easy reference to

 

                                   specific records in the payer's

 

                                   file should any questions arise. DO

 

                                   NOT ENTER A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

 

                                   NUMBER IN THIS FIELD. Enter blanks

 

                                   if the Payer's Account Number for

 

                                   Payee is not to be entered in this

 

                                   field. An account number can be any

 

                                   account number assigned by the

 

                                   payer to the payee (i.e., checking

 

                                   account, savings account, etc.).

 

                                   THIS NUMBER WILL HELP TO

 

                                   DISTINGUISH THE INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S

 

                                   ACCOUNT WITH YOU AND THE SPECIFIC

 

                                   TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                                   ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE

 

                                   RETURNS BE FILED. This information

 

                                   will be particularly necessary if

 

                                   you need to file a corrected

 

                                   return. You are strongly encouraged

 

                                   to use this field. You may use any

 

                                   number that will help identify the

 

                                   particular transaction that you are

 

                                   reporting.

 

 

           Payment Amount          The number of payment amounts is

 

           Fields                  dependent on the number of Amount

 

                                   Indicators present in positions

 

                                   19-27 of Sector 1 of the "A"

 

                                   Record. The First Payee Name Line

 

                                   MUST appear immediately after the

 

                                   last payment amount indicated as

 

                                   being used. For example, if you are

 

                                   reporting 1099-INT and you used

 

                                   only Amount Indicator "3" in the

 

                                   Payer/Transmitter "A" Record, then

 

                                   you will only use one ten position

 

                                   payment amount in the Payee "B"

 

                                   Record, right justified, and the

 

                                   First Payee Name Line will begin in

 

                                   position 42. Each payment field

 

                                   that you allow for, or use, must

 

                                   contain 10 numeric characters (see

 

                                   following NOTE). Do not provide a

 

                                   payment amount field when the

 

                                   corresponding Amount Indicator in

 

                                   the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record is

 

                                   blank. Each payment amount must be

 

                                   entered in dollars and cents. Do

 

                                   not enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                   decimal points, or NEGATIVE

 

                                   PAYMENTS (except those items that

 

                                   reflect a loss on Form 1099-B and

 

                                   must be negative overpunched in the

 

                                   units position). Example: If the

 

                                   Amount Indicators are reflected as

 

                                   "123bbbbbb", the Payee "B" Records

 

                                   must have only 3 payment amount

 

                                   fields. If Amount Indicators are

 

                                   reflected as "12367bbbb", the "B"

 

                                   Records must have only 5 payment

 

                                   amount fields. Payment amounts MUST

 

                                   be right-justified and unused

 

                                   portions MUST be zero-filled.

 

 

                                   NOTE 1: If any one payment amount

 

                                   exceeds "9999999999" (dollars and

 

                                   cents), as many SEPARATE Payee "B"

 

                                   Records as necessary to contain the

 

                                   total amount MUST be submitted for

 

                                   the Payee.

 

 

                                   NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC and

 

                                   use Amount Code "8" in the Amount

 

                                   Indicator field of the Payer/

 

                                   Transmitter "A" Record, you must

 

                                   enter 0000000100 in the

 

                                   corresponding Payment Amount Field.

 

                                   This will not represent an actual

 

                                   money amount; this is an amount

 

 

                                   CODE. (Refer to Part B., Sec. 2,

 

                                   NOTE 1, of the Amount Indicators,

 

                                   Form 1099-MISC, for clarification.)

 

 

   32-41   Payment Amount 1   10   REQUIRED. This amount is identified

 

                                   by the indicator in position 19 of

 

                                   Sector 1 of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                   "A" Record. THIS AMOUNT MUST ALWAYS

 

                                   BE PRESENT.

 

 

           Determine at this point the number of payment fields to be

 

           reported within the Payee "B" Record. This can be

 

           determined from the number of Amount Indicators appearing

 

           in positions 19-27 of Sector 1 of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

           Record. Following are the formats for completing positions

 

           42-180 of SECTOR 1, positions 1-180 of SECTOR 2 and

 

           positions 1-180 of SECTOR 3 of the Payee "B" Record. WHEN

 

           REPORTING INFORMATION FOR FORM W-2G THREE SECTORS MUST BE

 

           USED TO MAKE UP A PAYEE "B" RECORD. Use the appropriate

 

           format as required.

 

 

   42-81   First Payee        40   REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

           Name Line               must appear immediately after the

 

                                   last payment amount indicated as

 

                                   being USED. Do not enter ADDRESS

 

                                   information in this field. Enter

 

                                   the name of the payee whose

 

                                   Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                   appears in positions 13-21 above.

 

                                   If fewer than 40 characters are

 

                                   required, left justify and fill

 

                                   unused positions with blanks. If

 

                                   more space is required FOR THE

 

                                   NAME, utilize the Second Payee Name

 

                                   Line field below. If there are

 

                                   multiple payees, only the name of

 

                                   the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                   Identification Number has been

 

                                   provided should be entered in this

 

                                   field. The names of the other

 

                                   payees should be entered in the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line field.

 

 

  82-121   Second Payee       40   REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

           Name Line               requires more space than is

 

                                   available in the First Payee Name

 

                                   Line, enter the remaining portion

 

                                   of the name ONLY in this field. If

 

                                   there are multiple payees, this

 

                                   field may be used for those payees'

 

                                   NAMES who are not associated with

 

                                   the Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                   in positions 13-21 above. Do not

 

                                   enter address information in this

 

                                   field. Left justify and fill unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. FILL WITH

 

                                   BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE PRESENT

 

                                   FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 122-180   Blank             59    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

    1      Record Sequence    1    REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used to

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-42    Payee Mailing     40    REQUIRED. Enter mailing address of

 

           Address                 payee. Left justify and fill unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. Address MUST

 

                                   be present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                   contain any data other than the

 

                                   payee's mailing address.

 

 

   43-71   Payee City        29    REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                                   justify and fill the unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                                   state and ZIP Code information in

 

                                   this field. (If the payee lives

 

                                   outside of the United States,

 

                                   include their current mailing

 

                                   address and spell out the name of

 

                                   the country if possible.)

 

 

   72-73   Payee State        2    REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation

 

                                   for the state. You MUST use valid

 

                                   U.S. Postal Service abbreviations

 

                                   for states as shown in the table in

 

                                   Part A, Sec. 16. Use this field for

 

                                   state information ONLY.

 

 

  74-82    Payee ZIP Code     9    REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit

 

                                   ZIP Code assigned by the U.S.

 

                                   Postal Service. If only the first 5

 

 

                                   digits are known, left justify and

 

                                   fill the unused positions with

 

                                   blanks. Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                   Code ONLY.

 

 

 83-180    Blank             98    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 

    1      Record Sequence    1    REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used to

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-60    Blank             58    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

  61-66    Date Won           6    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. Enter

 

                                   the date of the winning event in

 

                                   MMDDYY format. This is not the date

 

                                   the money was paid, if paid after

 

                                   the date of the race (or game). DO

 

                                   NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

  67-81    Transaction       15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   ticket number, card number (and

 

                                   color, if applicable), machine

 

                                   serial number of any other

 

                                   information that will help identify

 

                                   the winning transaction.

 

 

  82-86    Race               5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   race (or game) applicable to the

 

                                   winning ticket.

 

 

  87-91    Cashier            5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   initials of the cashier and/or the

 

                                   window number making the winning

 

                                   payment.

 

 

  92-96    Window             5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   location of the person paying the

 

                                   winnings.

 

 

  97-111   First ID          15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   first identification number of the

 

                                   person receiving the winnings.

 

 

 112-126   Second ID         15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   second identification number of the

 

                                   person receiving the winnings.

 

 

 127-180   Blank             54    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position     Field Title   Length         Description and Remarks

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

  42-51    Payment Amount 2  10    This amount is identified as the

 

                                   amount indicator in position 20,

 

                                   Sector 1, of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                   "A" Record.

 

 

  52-91    First Payee Name   40   REQUIRED. The First Payee Name Line

 

           Line                    must appear after the last payment

 

                                   amount indicated as being USED. Do

 

                                   not enter ADDRESS information in

 

                                   this field. Enter the name of the

 

                                   payee whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                                   Number appears in positions 13-21

 

                                   of Sector 1. If fewer than 40

 

                                   characters are required, left

 

                                   justify and fill unused positions

 

                                   with blanks. If more space is

 

                                   required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line below. If

 

                                   there are multiple payees, ONLY THE

 

                                   NAME of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                   Identification Number has been

 

                                   provided should be entered in this

 

                                   field. The names of the other

 

                                   payees should be entered in the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line field.

 

 

  92-180   Blank             89    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

    1      Record Sequence    1    REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used to

 

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-42    Second Payee      40    REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

           Name Line               requires more space than is

 

                                   available in the First Payee Name

 

                                   Line, enter the remaining portion

 

                                   of the name ONLY in this field. If

 

                                   there are multiple payees, this

 

                                   field may be used for those payees'

 

                                   NAMES who are not associated with

 

                                   the Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                   in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. Do

 

                                   not enter address information in

 

                                   this field. Left justify and fill

 

                                   unused positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                   WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                   PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

  43-82    Payee Mailing     40    REQUIRED. Enter mailing address of

 

           Address                 payee. Left justify and fill unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. Address MUST

 

                                   be present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                   contain any data other than

 

                                   payee's mailing address.

 

 

  83-111   Payee City        29    REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                                   justified and fill the unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                                   state and ZIP Code information in

 

                                   this field. (If the payee lives

 

                                   outside of the United States,

 

                                   include their current mailing

 

                                   address and spell out the name of

 

                                   the country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113   Payee State        2    REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation

 

                                   for the state. You MUST use valid

 

                                   U.S. Postal Service abbreviations

 

                                   for states as shown in the table in

 

                                   Part A, Sec. 16. Use this field for

 

                                   state information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122   Payee ZIP Code     9    REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit

 

                                   ZIP Code assigned by the U.S.

 

                                   Postal Service. If only the first 5

 

                                   digits are known, left justify and

 

                                   fill the unused positions with

 

                                   blanks. Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                   Code ONLY.

 

 

 123-180   Blank             58    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

  RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)--Continued

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position     Field Title   Length         Description and Remarks

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 

    1      Record Sequence    1    REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used to

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-60    Blank             58    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

  61-66    Date Won           6    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. Enter

 

                                   the date of the winning event in

 

                                   MMDDYY format. This is not the date

 

                                   the money was paid, if paid after

 

                                   the date of the race (or game). DO

 

                                   NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

  67-81    Transaction       15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   ticket number, card number (and

 

                                   color, if applicable), machine

 

                                   serial number or any other

 

                                   information that will help identify

 

                                   the winning transaction.

 

 

  82-86    Race               5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   race (or game) applicable to the

 

                                   winning ticket.

 

 

  87-91    Cashier            5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   initials of the cashier and/or the

 

                                   window number making the winning

 

                                   payment.

 

 

  92-96    Window             5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   location of the person paying the

 

                                   winnings.

 

 

  97-111   First ID          15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   first identification number of the

 

                                   person receiving the winnings.

 

 

 112-126   Second ID         15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   second identification number of the

 

                                   person receiving the winnings.

 

 

 127-180   Blank             54    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position     Field Title   Length         Description and Remarks

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

  42-51    Payment Amount 2  10    This amount is identified by the

 

                                   amount indicator in position 20,

 

                                   Sector 1 of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                   "A" Record.

 

 

  52-61    Payment Amount 3  10    This amount is identified by the

 

                                   amount indicator in position 21,

 

                                   Sector 1 of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                   "A" Record.

 

 

  62-101   First Payee       40    REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

           Name Line               Line must appear after the last

 

                                   payment indicated as being USED. Do

 

                                   not enter ADDRESS information in

 

                                   this field. Enter the name of the

 

                                   payee whose taxpayer identification

 

                                   number appears in positions 13-21

 

                                   of Sector 1. If fewer than 40

 

                                   characters are required, left

 

                                   justify and fill unused positions

 

                                   with blanks. If more space is

 

                                   required FOR THE NAME, utilize the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line field below.

 

                                   If there are multiple payees, ONLY

 

                                   THE NAME of the payee whose

 

                                   Taxpayer Identification Number has

 

                                   been provided should be entered in

 

                                   this field. The names of the other

 

                                   payees should be entered in the

 

                                   Second Payee Name Line field.

 

 

 102-180   Blank             79    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 ____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

    1      Record Sequence    1    REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used to

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-42    Second Payee      40    REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

           Name Line               requires more space than is

 

                                   available in the First Payee Name

 

                                   Line, enter the remaining portion

 

                                   of the name ONLY in this field. If

 

                                   there are multiple payees' this

 

                                   field may be used for those payees'

 

                                   NAMES who are not associated with

 

                                   the Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                   in positions 13-21 of Sector 1. Do

 

                                   not enter address information in

 

                                   this field. Left justify and fill

 

                                   unused positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                   WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                   PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

  43-82    Payee Mailing     40    REQUIRED. Enter mailing address of

 

 

           Address                 payee. Left justify and fill unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. Address MUST

 

                                   be present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                   contain any data other than the

 

                                   payee's mailing address.

 

 

  83-111   Payee City        29    REQUIRED. Enter the city, left

 

                                   justified and fill the unused

 

                                   positions with blanks. Do NOT enter

 

                                   state and ZIP Code information in

 

                                   this field. (If the payee lives

 

                                   outside of the United States,

 

                                   include their current mailing

 

                                   address and spell out the name of

 

                                   the country if possible.)

 

 

 112-113   Payee State        2    REQUIRED. Enter the abbreviation

 

                                   for the state. You MUST use valid

 

                                   U.S. Postal Service abbreviations

 

                                   for states as shown in the table in

 

                                   Part A, Sec. 16. Use this field for

 

                                   state information ONLY.

 

 

 114-122   Payee ZIP Code     9    REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9 digit

 

                                   ZIP Code assigned by the U.S.

 

                                   Postal Service. If only the first 5

 

                                   digits are known, left justify and

 

                                   fill the unused positions with

 

                                   blanks. Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                   Code ONLY.

 

 

 123-180   Blank             58    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 

    1     Record Sequence     1    REQUIRED. Must be "3". Used to

 

                                   sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                   Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

    2      Record Type        1    REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be the

 

                                   second position of each PAYEE

 

                                   Record.

 

 

   3-60    Blank             58    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

   61-66   Date Won           6    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. Enter

 

                                   the date of the winning event in

 

                                   MMDDYY format. This is not the date

 

                                   the money was paid, if paid after

 

                                   the date of the race (or game). DO

 

                                   NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

   67-81   Transaction       15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   ticket number, card number (and

 

                                   color, if applicable), machine

 

                                   serial number or any other

 

                                   information that will help identify

 

                                   the winning transaction.

 

 

   82-86   Race               5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   race (or game) applicable to the

 

                                   winning ticket.

 

 

   87-91   Cashier            5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   initials of the cashier and/or the

 

                                   window number making the winning

 

                                   payment.

 

 

   92-96   Window             5    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   location of the person paying the

 

                                   winnings.

 

 

  97-111   First ID          15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   first identification number of the

 

                                   person receiving the winnings.

 

 

 112-126   Second ID         15    REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY. The

 

                                   second identification number of the

 

                                   person receiving the winnings.

 

 

 127-180   Blank             54    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM W-2G

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

01 The Control total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions. Adjust your programs accordingly.

02 Write this record after the last payee "B" Record following the last Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. A mini-disk will contain more than one (1) End of Payer "C" Record if the last Payee "B" Record for more than one payer is reported on the same mini-disk.

03 Each End of Payer "C" Record must contain a count of the number of Payee "B" Records immediately preceding the End of Payer "C" Record and following the preceding Payer/Transmitter "A" Record under which a Payer is reporting payments for a type of return. To illustrate:

(a) Single mini-disk; where all the records of a Payer for a particular type of return are reported on a single mini-disk, the last preceding Payer/Transmitter "A" Record would be the "A" Record immediately preceding the Payer's Payee "B" Records for which the End of Payer "C" Record has been written.

(b) Multiple mini-disk; where the reporting of a Payer for a particular type of return begins on one-mini-disk and ends on another mini-disk, the last preceding Payer/Transmitter "A" Record would immediately precede all the Payee "B" Records on the diskette for which the Payer "C" Record has been written.

04 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record and must enter the totals on the transmittal, Form 4804, which will accompany the shipment.

05 The End of Payer "C" Record must be followed by a State Totals "K" Record or new Payer/Transmitter "A" Record for the next Payer (if any), or an End of Transmission "F" Record.

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position     Field Title   Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1         Record Type     1      REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

                                     Must be the 1st

 

                                     character of each END

 

                                     OF PAYER RECORD.

 

 _________________________________________________________

 

   2-7      Number of       6     REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

             Payees               number of payees ("B"

 

                                  Records) covered by the

 

                                  preceding

 

                                  Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                  Record. Right justify and

 

                                  zero fill.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

  8-22      Control        15     REQUIRED. Please note that all

 

            Total 1               Control Total fields have been

 

                                  expanded from 12 to 15 positions.

 

                                  Enter accumulated totals from

 

                                  payment Amount 1. Right justify and

 

                                  zero fill. IF LESS THAN NINE AMOUNT

 

                                  FIELDS ARE BEING REPORTED, ZERO FILL

 

                                  UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS.

 

 

           Control Total 2 through Control Total 9 are OPTIONAL. If

 

           any corresponding Payment Amount Fields are present in the

 

           Payee "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control

 

           Total field. ZERO FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS. Please

 

           note that all Control Total fields have been expanded from

 

           12 to 15 positions.

 

 

  23-37    Control        15      83-97   Control Total 6  15

 

            Total 2

 

 

 38-52     Control        15      98-112  Control Total 7  15

 

            Total 3

 

 

  53-67    Control        15      113-127 Control Total 8  15

 

            Total 4

 

 

  68-82    Control        15      128-142 Control Total 9  15

 

            Total 5

 

 ____________________________________________________________

 

 

 143-180   Blank                 38  REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

01 The Control Total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions. Adjust your programs accordingly.

02 The State Totals "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used only when State Reporting approval has been granted.

03 The "K" Record will contain the totals of the payment amount fields and the total number of payees filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

04 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

05 Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this Program.

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position    Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1        Record Type     1     REQUIRED. Enter "K". Must

 

                                   be the 1st character for

 

                                   each STATE TOTALS "K"

 

                                   RECORD.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

   2-7      Number of        6     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

             Payees                number of payees (different TINs)

 

                                   being reported to this state.

 

                                   Right justify and zero

 

                                   fill.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

  8-22    Control Total 1   15     REQUIRED. Please note that all

 

                                   Control Total fields have been

 

                                   expanded from 12 to 15 positions.

 

                                   Enter accumulated totals from

 

                                   Payment Amount 1. Right justify and

 

                                   zero fill. IF LESS THAN NINE AMOUNT

 

                                   FIELDS ARE BEING REPORTED, ZERO

 

                                   FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS.

 

 

      Control Total 2 through Control Total 9 are OPTIONAL. If any

 

      corresponding payment Amount fields are present in the Payee

 

      "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control Total

 

      field. ZERO FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS. Please note that

 

      all Control Total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15

 

      positions.

 

 

   23-37   Control Total 2    15

 

   38-52   Control Total 3    15

 

   53-67   Control Total 4    15

 

   68-82   Control Total 5    15

 

   83-97   Control Total 6    15

 

  98-112   Control Total 7    15

 

 113-127   Control Total 8    15

 

 128-142   Control Total 9    15

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 143-178  Blank             36      REQUIRED. Enter blanks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 179-180  State Code         2      REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

                                    for the state to receive

 

                                    the information.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 16. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 17. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

01 The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers and mini-disks in the entire file.

02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or "K" Record, when applicable).

03 Only a Tape Mark or a Tape Mark and Trailer label may follow the "F" Record.

               END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position    Field Title    Length  Description and Remarks

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

    1        Record Type      1     REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

                                    Must be first character

 

                                    of END OF TRANSMISSION

 

                                    RECORD.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   2-5      Number of Payers  4     REQUIRED. Enter total number of

 

                                    payers for this transmission.

 

                                    Right justify and zero fill.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   6-8      Number of Mini-   3     REQUIRED. Enter

 

             Disks                  total number of

 

                                    mini-disks in this

 

                                    transmission. Right

 

                                    justify and zero fill.

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

   9-30     Zero              22    REQUIRED. Enter zeroes.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

  31-180    Blank            150    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 ___________________________________________________________

 

 

SEC. 18 END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

PART D. BURROUGHS SUPER MINI-DISK II SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

01 The Burroughs Super Mini-Disk II is a flexible mylar disk with an iron oxide coating. The disk is 8 inches (20.3 cm) in diameter with a 1.5 inch (3.8 cm) center hole.

02 There is one Index Hole which is used to indicate the beginning of a track on each side of the disk.

03 Recorded data is encoded using the Miller Frequency Code (MFM) technique. Data transferred between the disk and the processor is NOT encoded in any way. But serial data is written to the disk in a 180-byte sector format.

04 Maximum bit density is 71 bits per inch.

05 Track density is 150 tracks per inch.

06 Data bytes per sector are 180.

07 Data sectors per track are 60.

08 Surfaces per disk are 2.

09 When initializing the mini-disk, the name IRSTAX should be assigned to the mini-disk.

10 The file name in the mini-disk header label should be FED-MINI.

SEC. 2 THROUGH SEC. 18

See Super Mini-Disk Specifications contained in Part C. of this revenue procedure.

DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Institutional Authors
    Internal Revenue Service
  • Jurisdictions
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    85 TNT 215-67
Copy RID